Programming in PascaL
Uploaded by
FirasProgramming in PascaL
Uploaded by
Firas1
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻟﻒ:
ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺩﻴﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ،ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺌﻠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺤﺎﻭل ﺍﻥ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻡ
ﻭﻟﻭﺸﻴﺌﺎ ﻴﺴﻴﺭﺍ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻴﺴﻴﺭﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺏ ﺍﻻﺴﻠﻡ ﻟﻬﻡ ،ﻜﺎﻥ ﻻﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻟﻐﻪ ﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻥ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﻥ
ﺒﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﻩ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ .
ﻭﻤﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺒﺯﻏﺕ ﻓﻜﺭﻩ ﺍﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻴﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺞ ﺒﻠﻐﻪ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ،ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻨﺩﺭ ﺍﻥ
ﻨﺠﺩ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺎ ﻴﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻪ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺠﻴﺩ .
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ ﺘﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻋﻥ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ،ﻭ ﻟﻜﻥ ﻗﻠﻴل ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻴﻌﻠﻤﻙ ﻜﻴﻑ ﺘﺼﺒﺢ
ﻤﺒﺭﻤﺠﺎ ،ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ ﻤﻠﻲﺀ ﺒﺄﻜﻭﺍﺩ ﺴﻴﺌﺔ ﺠﺩﺍ ،ﺴﻴﺌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻥ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺴﻲﺀ ،ﻭ
ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻨﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺘﻌﻤل.
ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻻ ﺘﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺭﺭﻩ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ ،ﻓﺄﻨﺎ ﺍﺤﺏ ﺍﻥ ﺍﺸﺭﺡ
ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻓﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﻭﺍﻻﻴﻌﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻪ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﺎﻡ ،ﺜﻡ ﺸﺭﺡ
ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺨﺎﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺠﻤل ﺴﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﺨﺎﻟﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺨﻁﺎﺀ ،ﻭﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﻪ
ﻭﺍﻻﺤﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺍﻻﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﻪ ﻭﻜﻴﻔﻴﻪ ﺘﻔﺎﺩﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ.
ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺴﺘﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻱ ،ﻟﻜﻥ ﺼﺩﻗﻨﻲ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻔﻴﺩﻙ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﻓﻲ
ﺤﺎل ﺍﺭﺩﺕ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﻩ ﺼﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻴﻤﻪ ،ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺍﺭﺩﺕ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻪ ﻓﺴﻭﻑ
ﻴﻔﻴﺩﻙ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺍ .
ﻋﻤﻭﻤﺎ ﺍﺘﻤﻨﻰ ﻟﻜﻡ ﺍﺴﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻭﻗﺎﺕ ،ﻭﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ﻤﻭﻓﻘﻪ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ ،ﺒﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ !!
ﺍﳌﺆﻟــــﻒ !!
ﻭﺟﺪﻱ ﻋﺼﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ
2
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﻩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ
ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻻﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ،ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ،ﻭﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﺘﻰ ﺩﻋﺕ
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ،ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻨﺴﺨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﻡ ﺒﻤﺭﺍﺴﻠﺘﻲ :
. [email protected]
ﻴﻤﻜﻨﻙ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻫﺫ ﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻓﻘﻁ ،ﻭ ﻴﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﺴﺘﻐﻼﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻴﺔ ﺃﻤﻭﺭ
ﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻟﻑ.
ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺒﺎﻥ ﻭﺠﺩﺕ ﺠﺯﺀ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺒﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺸﺭﺡ ﻤﻔﺼل
ﻓﺒﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﺇﺨﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻭﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﺭﻴﺩﻱ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨﻲ ،ﺤﺘﻰ ﺃﺘﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺠﺯﺍﺀ
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ﻓﻭﺭﺍ ،ﻁﺒﻌﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻤﻪ.
ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺘﻌﺒﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻟﻑ ﻭﺠﺩﻱ ﻋﺼﺎﻡ ،ﻭﻫﻭ ﻏﻴﺭ
ﻤﺴﺅﻭل ﺘﻤﺎﻤﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻏﻴﺭ ﺸﺭﻋﻲ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ .
ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ::
· ﻗﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺅﻟﻑ :
www.romansy2005.tk
· ﺃﻭ ﺍﻀﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻴﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﺘﻴﻴﻥ ::
[email protected]
[email protected]
3
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻟﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻁﻭﺭ //
ﻭﺠﺩﻱ ﻋﺼﺎﻡ ،ﺍﺸﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﻤﻪ ﺒﺎﻻﻤﻥ
ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﻪ ،ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ
ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﻪ ،ﺤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺠﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ،ﺒﺩﺍ
ﺤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻊ ﺍﻻﻨﻅﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻭﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ ،ﻭﻴﺤﻠﻡ
ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﻟﻐﺘﻲ Delphiﻭ
، Assemblyﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﻴﺤﺎﻭل
ﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﻜـ aspﻭ htmlﻭ xhtmlﻭ xmlﻭ . css
ﺍﻻﺴﻡ /ﻭﺠﺩﻱ ﻋﺼﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻴﻡ
ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺏ romansy /
ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩ /ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ
ﺍﻻﻴﻤﻴل [email protected] /
!!WhtEver You Learn... You learn it for your self
4
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
)) ﺴﺒﺤﺎﻨﻙ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻻ ﻤﺎﻋﻠﻤﺘﻨﺎ
ﺍﻨﻙ ﺍﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻴﻡ ((
ﺒﻔﻀل ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﻋﺎﻴﺘﻪ ،ﺘﻡ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺌﻴﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺏ ) ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ﺒﻠﻐﻪ
ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ( .ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺌﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻫﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻫﻡ
ﺍﻟﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻀﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﻪ ﻻﻱ ﻤﺒﺭﻤﺞ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻀﻊ
ﺭﺠﻠﻪ ﺒﻘﻭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ،ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﻤﻠﺊ ﺒﺎﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺍﺼﺒﺤﺕ
ﺘﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺍﺸﺒﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻴﻭﻤﻲ ،ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻟﻐﻪ ﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ﺘﺸﺭﺡ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ
ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺭﻤﺞ ،ﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻥ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ،ﻟﻜﻥ
ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻌﻭﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ .ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻐﻪ
ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﻨﻅﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻬﻭﻟﻪ ﻭﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻼﺤﻅﻭﻨﻬﺎ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻪ
،ﻫﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﺍﻨﻙ ﺴﺘﺘﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻴﻨﻬﺎ ،ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺒﺘﺩﺉ ﻋﻤﻭﻤﺎ ﺍﻴﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻟﻐﻪ
ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻭﺍﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ،ﻭﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﺒﺩﺃ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻘﻠﺹ
ﺘﺩﺭﻴﺠﻴﺎ ﻤﻊ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺞ ﻭﻗﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻀﻴﻊ .
ﺍﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﻪ ﻟﻠﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻻﺨﺭ ،ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻤﻪ ،ﻨﻅﺭﺍ
ﻟﺼﻌﻭﺒﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﻪ ،ﻭﻟﻘﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ .
ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻜﺎﻓﻲ ﻟﻠﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺭﻴﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﻰ ﻟﻐﻪ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ ﻓﻭﺭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﻜﻬﻡ
ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻼﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻗﺭﺭﻭﺍ ﺍﻥ ﻴﺘﻌﻤﻘﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ
ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻪ .
5
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺗﻨﻮﯾــﮫ /
ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﻪ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ )ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻜﻭﺍﺩ ( ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻼﺤﻅ ﺍﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻜﺘﻭﺒﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻁ
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻴﺽ ) ، (Bﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻐﻪ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻭﺯﻩ ،ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻋﻨﺩ
ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻼﺤﻅ ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﺍﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻁ
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻴﺽ .
ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﺍﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺴﻭﻑ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺭ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ
ﻜﻠﻤﻪ beginﻟﻠﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﻟﻥ ﻨﺘﻁﺭﻕ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻜﺎﻤﻼ ) ﺍﻻ ﻓﻲ
ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ( ﻨﻅﺭﺍ ﻻﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺘﺒﻬﺎ ﻜﺎﻤﻠﻪ ﺴﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﺸﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ
ﻤﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺒﻼ ﻓﺎﺌﺩﻩ .
ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻨﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺍ ﻜﻠﻤﻪ Blockﻭﻫﻲ ﺘﻌﻨﻲ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ beginﻭﻨﻬﺎﻴﻪ end
ﻓﺄﻱ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟـ blockﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﻫﻭ beginﻟﻠﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻨﻀﻊ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ، end.ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻗﺩ
ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺠﻤل ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ Blockﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻤﺜل ﺠﻤل ) ifﻭ caseﻭ
.. forﺍﻟﺦ( ﻭﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺫﻜﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻤﻪ .
ﻤﻥ ﺍﻓﻀل ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻡ ،ﻫﻲ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ .ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺫﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺴﺦ
ﺍﻻﻜﻭﺍﺩ ﻭﻟﺼﻘﻬﺎ ﻓﺈﻨﻬﺎ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﻪ ﺨﺎﻁﺌﻪ ﺠﺩﺍ .ﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺍﻻﻜﻭﺍﺩ ﻭﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﺜﻡ
ﺍﻋﺎﺩﻩ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﺭﻩ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻴﺌﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ .
ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﺘﻡ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻻﻜﻭﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ wordﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﻪ ﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻻﻜﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻰ
ﺒﻴﺌﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ،ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﺠﺩﻫﺎ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺭﺘﺒﻪ ﻭﺒﺸﻜل ﺘﺼﻌﺏ ﻗﺭﺍﺌﺘﻪ .ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ
ﻻ ﺘﻘﻡ ﺒﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻻﻜﻭﺍﺩ.
6
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ
ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﻚ ﰲ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ ،ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺃ ﺭﺣﻠﺘﻚ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﱪﳎﺎ ﺧﺒﲑﺍ ﰲ
ﻟﻐﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ .
ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﻛﻨﺸﺄﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻪ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻜﺘﺸﻔﻬﺎ
ﻭﻣﻄﻮﺭﻫﺎ .ﺍﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﱪﳎﻪ ﺍﳍﻴﻜﻠﻴﻪ .
ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﻩ ﺍﻻﻭﱃ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﳎﻪ ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻚ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﻪ
ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ،ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﺗﺮﲨﻪ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ،ﻭﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ .
ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ
ﻣﺸﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﻟﻒ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﲞﻄﻮﻩ .
ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ !
7
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﻟﻐﻪ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل :
ﺘﻌﻭﺩ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﻀﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﺴﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﺒﻠﻴﺯ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل Blaise Pascalﺇﻟﻰ
ﻤﻨﺘﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻋﺸﺭ ﻤﻴﻼﺩﻱ ﻋﺎﻡ 1642ﻡ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ
ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻤﻨﺔ ﻋﺸﺭ ﺭﺒﻴﻌﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺒﻭﺍﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻘﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺨﺘﺭﺍﻉ ﺘﺒﺩﻭ ﺠﻠﻴﻪ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺸﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻹﺒﺩﺍﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻭﻟﻌﺎ
ﺒﺎﻻﻜﺘﺸﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﻀﻴﺔ .
ﻓﻔﻲ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻪ ﺍﺨﺘﺭﻉ ﺃﻭل ﺤﺎﺴﺏ ﻨﺼﻑ ﺁﻟﻲ ﻭﺴﻤﻲ ﺒﺎﺴﻤﻪ ) ﺤﺎﺴﺏ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل
، ( 1642ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﻩ ﺃﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ
ﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺍﺌﺏ ﻤﺤﺼﻼ ﻟﻠﻔﻭﺍﺘﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻘﻀﻲ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻴﻪ ﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺎ
ﺍﻟﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﺩﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺤﺼﺎﺀ ﻭﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺤﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺩ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺸﻜل
ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻁﻲﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺇﺭﺒﺎﻜﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﺌﻠﺘﻪ ،ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ
ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭ.
ﻴﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺤﺎﺴﺏ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﻪ ﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ
) ﺍﻷﻗﺭﺍﺹ ( ﻜل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﺭﻗﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻌﺔ ،ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ
ﻤﺭﺘﺒﻪ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻘﺭﺃ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻥ ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺘﻬﺎ
ﻴﺩﻭﻴﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﺭﺍﻉ ،ﻓﻌﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻗﺭﺍﺹ ﺩﻭﺭﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ
ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻊ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻨﺘﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ 9ﻴﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻪ ﺭﻗﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺍ ﻭﻋﻨﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻱ
ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺘﺴﻌﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ) ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ( ﻓﺈﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺭﺓ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻤﻭﻗﻌﺎ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺍ ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺴﺠﻴل ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ .ﻭﺒﻬﺫﻩ
ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﻁﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺩ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺭﺡ ﺃﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻓﺘﺘﻡ ﺒﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺭﺡ ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ.
8
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻪ:
ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﻟﻐﺔ ﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ﺍﻨﺸﺌﺕ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻭﻓﻴﺴﻭﺭ Niklaus Wirthﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ
. 1970ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺴﻤﻬﺎ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﺎ ،ﻨﺴﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻭﺭ
. Blaise Pascalﻟﻘﺩ ﺼﻨﻌﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻪ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺤل ﺜﻘﻪ
ﻟﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﻥ .ﻤﻨﺫ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻗﺩ ﺍﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﺍﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ
ﺍﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻟﻐﻪ ﺍﻜﺎﺩﻴﻤﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻟﻜﻨﹼﻬﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺕ ﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺎﹰ ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ،ﻭﻗﺩ ﻗﺭﺭ ﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﻟﻐﻪ
ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ،
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ :
ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ،ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﺸﻬﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟـ Free
Pascalﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﻻﻨﺩ ، Borland Pascalﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﻭ
ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺴﻨﺘﻌﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ،Turbo Pascalﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻨﺴﺨﻪ
ﻤﻥ ﺸﺭﻜﻪ ﻤﺎﻴﻜﺭﻭﺴﻭﻓﺕ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ .
ﺍﻟﺸﺊ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍل ،
ﻭﻁﺭﻕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ ،ﻜل ﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ ﻟﻪ ﻤﻜﺘﺒﺎﺘﻪ ﻭﺩﻭﺍﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﻪ .ﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﻪ
ﻫﻰ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻐﻪ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭﺒﺎﻻﺼﺢ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻐﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﺨﺘﻠﻘﺕ ﻁﺭﻕ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻻﺨﺭ،
ﻟﻜﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ .
ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﻥ ﻟﻠﻐﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻟﻐﻪ ﻻﺨﺭﻯ ،ﺴﻴﺠﺩ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺕ
ﻗﺼﻴﺭ ﺍﺼﺒﺢ ﻤﺩﺭﻙ ﻟﻠﻐﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﻩ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻻﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﻩ ﺴﻬﻠﻪ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻻﻥ
ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﻤﺞ ﺍﺴﺎﺴﻪ ﻤﺘﻴﻥ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﻪ .
9
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ
ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ programﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻤﻌﻨﻴﻥ ،ﺍﻻﻭل ﻟﻭﺼﻑ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ
ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ source codeﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻜﺘﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﻤﺞ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻟﻭﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻱ executable softwareﺒﺄﻜﻤﻠﻪ .ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻗﺩ
ﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﺒﺎﻙ ،ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺴﻨﺤﺎﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻗﻪ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﻤﻥ
ﻨﺎﺤﻴﻪ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻱ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﻪ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ .
ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻔﻪ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻜﺘﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﻤﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ
ﺍﺤﺩ ﺍﻻﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ .
ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺘﻴﻥ :ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ
ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺴﺭ ﺒﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﻴﻔﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﺏ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺭ .ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ ﺒﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ
ﺍﻟﻰ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺴﻴﻤﻜﻨﻙ ﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻻﺤﻕ .ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻬﻭﻟﻪ
ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺴﺭ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻏﻠﺏ ﻟﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺩﻩ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ ،ﻻﻥ
ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻤﻪ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﺴﺭﻉ .ﻭﺘﻨﺩﺭﺝ ﻟﻐﻪ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻤﻪ .
ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺴﺭ
ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺴﺭ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺜﻡ ﻴﺘﺭﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ،ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺤﻭل ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ
ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻜﺘﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﻩ ،ﺍﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ ﻓﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﺭﺠﻤﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ
ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻱ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻻﺤﻕ ،
10
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﺍﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﻪ ﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻠﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ )ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ( ،ﺍﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﻪ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺴﺭ ﻓﻼ ﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ
ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺴﺭ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ .
ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺌﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻠﻴﻪ
ﺤﺘﻰ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻗﺭﻴﺏ ،ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻨﻬﺎ ﺴﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ
ﺘﺴﺘﺠﻴﺏ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ .ﻭﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻤﺎﻫﻭ ﺍﻻ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ
ﻴﺠﺭﻱ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺍ ﺘﻠﻭ ﺍﻻﺨﺭ .ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﺼل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ،ﻭﻜﺎﻥ
ﺠﻭﻫﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ﻴﻜﻤﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﻪ ﺍﻻﺠﺎﺭﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﺩﻋﺕ ﺍﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ ،
ﻭﻤﻌﺭﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻡ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭﻫﺎ .
ﻭﻟﻠﺘﻐﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺤﺩﺍﺙ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﺒﺎﻙ ،ﺜﻡ ﺍﻨﺸﺎﺀ
ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻠﻴﻪ . structured programming
ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻠﻴﻪ ﺘﻤﺎﺜل ﻓﻲ ﺒﺴﺎﻁﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻜﺭﻩ "ﻓﺭﻕ
ﺘﺴﺩ" .ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺨﻴل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻤﺭﻜﺏ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻬﺎﻡ .ﻭﺍﻱ
ﻤﻬﻤﻪ ﺍﻋﻘﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻥ ﺘﻭﺼﻑ ﺒﺴﻬﻭﻟﻪ ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ
ﺍﻻﺼﻐﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻥ ﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﺩﺭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﻔﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻴﻌﺎﺒﻬﺎ ﺒﺴﻬﻭﻟﻪ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ،ﺴﺘﺠﺩ ﺍﻥ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁ ﻤﺭﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻅﻔﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﺤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ
ﻤﻬﻤﻪ ﻤﻌﻘﺩﻩ ،ﻭﻤﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ ،ﺒﻤﻘﺩﻭﺭﻙ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻪ :
.1ﻤﻌﺭﻓﻪ ﻤﺭﺘﺏ ﻜل ﻤﻭﻅﻑ
.2ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻅﻔﻴﻥ
11
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
.3ﺠﻤﻊ ﻜﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﺎﺕ
.4ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻡ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻅﻔﻴﻥ
ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻡ ﻤﻬﻤﻪ ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﺎﺕ ) (3ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻪ : ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ
ﺍﺤﻀﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺠل ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﻜل ﻤﻭﻅﻑ .1
ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺏ .2
ﺍﻀﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﺎﺕ .3
ﺍﺤﻀﺎﺭ ﺴﺠل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻅﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ .4
ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ،ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﻓﺭﻋﻴﻪ ﺍﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺼﺒﺢ
ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﻪ ﻴﺴﻴﺭﻩ .
ﺒﻴﺌﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ
ﻜﻤﺎ ﺫﻜﺭﻨﺎ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﺎ ،ﺘﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ Turbo Pascalﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ،
ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﺯﻩ ،ﺒﺨﻼﻑ
ﺒﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻪ ،ﻫﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻴﻪ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﻪ
ﻟﻠﻌﻤل .
ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻨﺼﻴﺏ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ، Turbo Pascalﻋﺎﺩﻩ ﻴﺎﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ، c:\tpw
ﻭﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻗﺎﺌﻤﻪ ﺍﺒﺩﺃ ،ﺜﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﻪ ،
ﺜﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﺭ ، tpwﺒﻌﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﺨﺘﺭ . TPW.EXE
12
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﻬﻪ ﺍﻻﺴﺎﺴﻴﻪ ،ﻴﻤﻜﻨﻙ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻻﻜﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﻻﺤﻘﺎ ،ﺍﻴﻀﺎ
ﻜﻤﺎ ﺫﻜﺭﻨﺎ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺯﺭﻕ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻭﺯﻩ
ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻴﺽ .
ﺸﺭﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ ،ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻰ .
ﺸﺭﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺌﻡ ،ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺌﻡ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻨﻼﺤﻅ .ﻭﻫﻲ ﻟﻥ ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ
ﻋﻥ ﺍﻱ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﺨﺭ) ﻤﺜﻼ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ . ( wordﺍﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﻪ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺌﻤﻪ ، compile
ﻓﻬﻲ ﻟﺘﺭﺠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ .ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﻪ runﻓﻬﻲ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ )ﺍﻱ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻩ ( .
ﺸﺭﻴﻁ ﺍﻻﺩﻭﺍﺕ ،ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻫﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ
ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺸﺭﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺌﻡ .
ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺴﻔل ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﻪ )ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﻨﻁﻠﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺸﺭﻴﻁ
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻪ( ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺒﻊ ﺨﺎﻨﺎﺕ ،ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﻪ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻭﺩ .
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ ﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﻪ ﻫل ﺘﻡ ﺤﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﺍﻡ ﻻ .ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﻪ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﻪ
13
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ) ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺘﻐﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ insertﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻭﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺘﻴﺢ ( ﻟﻜﻥ
ﻻ ﺍﻨﺼﺢ ﺒﺘﻐﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﺒﺩﺍ .ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻌﻪ ﺍﻫﻡ ﺨﺎﻨﻪ ،ﻻﻨﻪ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺭﺽ
ﺍﻻﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺘﺭﺠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ .ﻭﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ
ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻨﻪ .
14
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ
ﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻌﻘﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﳎﻪ
ﰲ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻛﺜﲑ ﳑﺎ ﺳﺘﺘﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺍﺧﺮ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻪ .
ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻻﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰲ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ ،ﺍﻳﻀﺎ
ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻘﺮﻭﺀ ﻧﻮﻋﺎ ﻣﺎ .
ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻐﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ،ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ،ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺑﺖ
ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺳﺘﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ
ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﻧﻚ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ،ﻻﻧﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻧﻚ
ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻚ ﰲ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﻩ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﻪ .
15
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻟﻐﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺒﻴﻪ ، structuredﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻨﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺸﻲ
ﻴﻜﺘﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺭﺘﺏ ﻭﻤﻨﻅﻡ ،ﻻ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﺠﻤل
ﺍﻟـ ، Gotoﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺼﻴﻐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻴﺌﻪ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﻩ ،ﺤﻘﺎ !!
ﻤﺜﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﻪ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺒﺴﻴﻁ ::
;)Program name (input, output
Uses......
Var
...
Begin
}{Your program is here
End.
ﺭﺃ ﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻻﻭل ﻫﻭ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﺴﻡ ﻟﻠﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ،ﺍﻱ ﺍﺴﻡ ﻴﻤﻜﻨﻙ ﻭﻀﻌﻪ ﻜﻴﻔﻤﺎ ﺘﺭﻴﺩ ،
ﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﺤﺒﺫ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﻜﺘﺒﻪ ،ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﻪ ﺤﺎﺴﺒﻪ ،
ﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﺴﻤﻪ ﻤﺜﻼ ، calculateﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻓﻼ
ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻻﺴﻡ ﺒﺭﻗﻡ ،ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻥ ﺍﺴﻡ
ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﻠﻤﺘﻴﻥ ﻓﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﺘﻜﺘﺏ ﻤﺘﻼﺼﻘﺘﻴﻥ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺭﺍﻋﺎﻩ
ﺘﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻑ ﺍﻻﻭل ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﻜﻠﻤﻪ ،ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ، WajdyEssamﺍﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ
ﻭﻀﻊ ﻋﻼﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁﻪ – ﻟﻠﻔﺼل ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﻡ ﺍﻻﻭل ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ . wajdy-essam ،
16
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺘﻴﻥ inputﻭ ، outputﻓﻬﻰ ﻟﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﻫل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻤﺩﺨﻼﺕ )ﺍﻱ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺒﺎﺩﺨﺎل ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ( ﺍﻭ ﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ )ﺍﻱ ﺘﻨﻁﺒﻊ
ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ ﻓﻭﺭ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ( .
ﻓﺎﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻁ ،ﻤﺜﻼ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ
ﻓﻭﺭ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻓﻴﻜﻭﻥ outputﻓﻘﻁ ! ﺍﻤﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺩﺨﻼﺕ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ
ﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ )ﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴﻠﻪ ﻨﻭﻋﺎ ﻤﺎ ،ﺍﻭ ﺒﺎﻻﺼﺢ ﻨﺎﺩﺭﻩ( ﻓﺘﻜﻭﻥ inputﻓﻘﻁ ،ﻓﻲ
ﺤﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺩﺨﻼﺕ ﻭﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ )ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻻﻏﻠﺏ( ﻓﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺜﻨﻴﻥ
ﻤﻌﺎ ،ﺍﻱ . input, output
;)Program example (output
}ﻤﺜﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻁ{
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺤﻴﺎﻥ ،ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺠﺎﻫل ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺘﻴﻥ input , outputﻭﻻ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺘﻬﺎ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻁﻼﻕ .ﻭﻴﻜﺘﻔﻰ ﺒﺎﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻓﻘﻁ .
;Program test
ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻻﻭل ﻟﻠﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل/
;)Program clean (I ,o
ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻓﻴﻥ Iﻭ oﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺘﻰ input :ﻭ output
ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ،ﺍﻱ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ
ﺘﺠﺎﻫﻠﻪ ﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺩﺀ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻠﻴﻪ ،ﻟﻜﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﺒﺫ ﺘﻤﺎﻤﺎ .
17
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺸﺨﺼﻴﺎ ،ﺍﻨﺎ ﺍﻓﻀل )ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﻥ( ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻭﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ
ﻫل ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺩﺨﻼﺕ ﻭﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ .
ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ ) ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻪ (
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻭﺯﻩ ، usesﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻟﻼﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺴﻭﻑ
ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ .ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ
ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺠﻙ ،ﺍﻭ ﻴﻤﻜﻨﻙ ﺍﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺤﺩﺍﺘﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﻪ )ﻭﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺸﺭﺤﻬﺎ
ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴل ،ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﻴﻥ ﻭﻗﺘﻬﺎ ( .ﻟﻐﻪ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ ، unit
ﺒﺩل ﻤﻥ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺎﺕ . libraryﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﺸﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﻪ
ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل wincrt :ﻭ windosﻭ stringsﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ .
ﺍﺫﺍ ﻟﻼﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ //
;Uses wincrt
;Uses wincrt, windos } ﻟﻼﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻻﺜﻨﻴﻥ {
ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺒﺴﻁ ،ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﻩ unitﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ
ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺠﻙ ،ﻤﺜﻼ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ writelnﻭ ) readlnﺴﻭﻑ ﻨﺘﻁﺭﻕ
ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻗﻠﻴل ( ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ،ﻭﺘﻡ ﺘﻀﻤﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﻩ
. wincrt
ﺍﺫﺍ ﺍﻱ ﻭﺤﺩﻩ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ،ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ
ﻭﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﻩ ،ﻓﻌﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻨﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻱ ﺍﻤﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﻪ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ،
ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻨﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻋﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻨﻪ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻤﺭ .
18
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ Var
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻭﺯﻩ ) Varﻋﻨﺩ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻭﺯﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ ،ﻓﺈﻨﻪ
ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻜﺘﺎﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻴﺽ ( Boldﺘﺸﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺴﻭﻑ
ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ،ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻫﻲ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻜﺭﻩ ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل
ﻟﺘﺨﺯﻴﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ،ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﺘﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺴﺏ
ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻅﻪ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ .ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﺘﺴﻤﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻴﺠﺏ
ﺍﻥ ﻨﺘﺒﻊ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ،ﻓﻼ ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﺒﺭﻗﻡ ،ﻭﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻭﺯﻩ ..
ﺍﻟﺦ ،ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺸﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻨﻤﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻻﺤﻘﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴل .
ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ
ﻜل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ،ﺘﺒﺩﺃ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻭﺯﻩ ، beginﻭﺘﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻭﺯﻩ ) end.ﻻﺤﻅ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻁﻪ ،ﻭﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻥ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻫﻨﺎ ،ﻭﺍﻱ ﺸﻲ
ﻴﻜﺘﺏ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻁﺔ ،ﻻ ﻴﻠﺘﻔﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ ( .
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ،ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﺭﻯ ﺍﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻭ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ
ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﻪ ﺒﻠﻐﻪ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ) ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁﻴﻪ ، ifﻭﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ( forﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ
ﺍﻟﻰ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ beginﻭﻨﻬﺎﻴﻪ ;) endﻻﺤﻅ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺼﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻭﻁﻪ ; . ( Semicolon
ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ) ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻰ beginﻭ ; endﺨﺎﺼﻪ ﺒﻬﺎ ( ﺘﺴﻤﻰ ﺠﻤل ﻤﺭﻜﺒﻪ
ﻭﺘﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻴﻀﺎ . Block
ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﺘﻼﺤﻅ ،ﺍﻥ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ، end.ﺍﻤﺎ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﻪ ﺍﻟـ
) Blockﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﻪ( ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ;. end
ﺴﻭﻑ ﻨﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴل ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻤﻪ !!
19
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴـﻘﺎﺕ Comments
ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻴﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﻤﺞ ،ﻟﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﻪ ﺍﺤﺩ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ،ﺍﻭ
ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ )ﻤﺜﻼ ﻤﺘﻰ ﺒﺩﺃ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ،ﻤﺘﻰ
ﺍﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺨﺭ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻟﻠﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ( .
ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ،ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﺎﺠﻬﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﺘـﻠﻴﻬﺎ ) ﺍﻱ ﺍﻨﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ،ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ
( source codeﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻤﺎ :
(* This is Comments *) /1
{ This is another comments } /2
ﻭﻻ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻓﺭﻕ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ،ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻨﻙ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﺎ ﺘﺸﺎﺀ ﻤﻨﻬﻤﺎ .
ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ } {Your program is hereﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻻﻭل ،ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ
ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ ﻻ ﻴﻨﻔﺫ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ .
ﻤﺜﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ //
;)Program wajdy (input, output
;Uses wincrt
Begin
}Writeln ('hello im wajdy essam'); {print my name
End.
20
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻓﻲ ﺍﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ،ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻜﺘﺏ ﺒﺎﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺯﺭﻕ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺘﺢ ،ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ } ، {print my nameﻭﻟﻥ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﺜﻨﺎﺀ
ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ .
ﺍﺫﺍ ﺒﺎﺨﺘﺼﺎﺭ /ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻻﻴﻀﺎﺡ ﻋﻤل ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍل ﻭﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ
ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﻪ ﻟﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﻤﺞ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﻪ ﻟﻠﺒﻘﻴﻪ ،ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ
ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ )ﻜﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻨﺸﺎﺀﻩ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺜﻪ( ﺍﻭ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺤﻭل
ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﻤﺞ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ )ﻜﺎﻻﺴﻡ ﻭﻋﻨﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨﻲ ( .
ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻱ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ،ﺍﻱ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻁﻼﻕ ،
ﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﻔﻀل ﺍﻥ ﺘﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ) ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ
ﺤﻭل ﻭﻅﻴﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ،ﺍﻭ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﻤﺞ( ،ﺍﻭ ﺘﻜﺘﺏ ﺒﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ
ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﻪ ،ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ) ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻤﺭ writelnﻏﻴﺭ
ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻑ ( .
ﻤﺎ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ
)ﺍﻱ ﻤﺎ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟـ beginﻭﺍﻟـ ( end.ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺨﺼﺹ ﻟﻼﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ
ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺸﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺠﻙ ،ﺍﻗﺼﺩ ﺒﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺸﻴﺎﺀ /
ﺭﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ )ﻜﻤﺎ ﺫﻜﺭﻨﺎ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﺎ( ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻭﺯﻩ program
ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻪ )ﻜﻤﺎ ﺫﻜﺭﻨﺎ ( ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻭﺯﻩ uses
ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻭﺍﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻭﺯﻩ label
ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻭﺯﻩ type
21
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ )ﻜﻤﺎ ﺫﻜﺭﻨﺎ( ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻪ ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻭﺯﻩ Var
ﺍﻟﺜﻭﺍﺒﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻭﺯﻩ const
ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻭﺯﻩProcedure
ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺭﺍﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻭﺯﻩ Function
ﻭﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺫﻜﺭ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﺸﻴﺎﺀ ،ﺒﺸﻲﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴل ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﻴﻥ ﻭﻗﺘﻬﺎ .
ﻜﻤﺎ ﻻﺤﻅﺕ ) ﺍﻅﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ( ﺍﻥ ﺍﻱ ﺴﻁﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﻪ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﺎﺼﻠﻪ
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻭﻁﻪ semicolonﻭﻫﻲ ) ; ( .ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺼﻠﻪ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ )ﺍﻭ ﺍﻻﻤﺭ(
ﺍﻨﺘﻬﻰ .
ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟـ Tabﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ :
ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺘﻤﻴﺯ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻟﻐﻪ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ،ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﻭﺌﻴﻪ !! Readabilityﻤﺎﺫﺍ
ﺘﻌﻨﻲ ؟ ﺘﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﻤﻜﺘﻭﺏ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﻨﻅﻡ ﻭﺴﻬل ﻴﺴﻬل ﺍﻟﺘﺘﺒﻊ
ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺒﻜل ﻴﺴﺭ ،ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺯﻩ ﺠﻌﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺎﺴﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺩﺭﺱ ﻓﻲ
ﺍﻏﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻫﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺎﺕ ،ﺒﺎﻻﻀﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺯﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ،ﻴﻤﻜﻨﻙ ﺍﻥ
ﺘﺤﺴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻜﺜﺭ ﻓﺄﻜﺜﺭ .ﻜﻤﺎ ﺴﻴﺄﺘﻲ .
ﻤﻥ ﺍﻫﻡ ﺍﻻﺸﻴﺎﺀ ﻟﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﻤﺞ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻤﺎ ،ﻫﻭ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
ﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﻭﻤﻘﺭﻭﺀ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ )ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﻥ( ،ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺭﻤﺞ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ،ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩ
ﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺨﻁﺄ ﻤﺎ ،ﺍﻭ ﺍﻀﺎﻓﻪ ﻗﻁﻌﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ !! ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ
ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻤﺭﺘﺏ ﻭﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﻭﺍل ﻏﻴﺭ
ﻤﺄﻟﻭﻓﻪ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺫﻜﺭ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﻪ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ .
22
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻭﻫﻭTab ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟـ، ﻨﺄﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
. ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺭﻯ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺒﻭﺭﺩ
( ﻓﻘﻁ ﺨﺫ ﻓﻜﺭﻩ ﻋﺎﻤﻪ، ﺍﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻻﺘﻲ )ﻻ ﺘﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻥ ﺘﻔﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻻﻥ
:ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻻﻭل
Program clean (I , o);
Uses wincrt;
Var
X: integer;
Begin
Read(x);
If x>10 then writeln (' bigger then 10 ')
Else
Writeln (' less then 10 ');
End.
:ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ
Program clean (I , o);
Uses wincrt;
Var
X: integer;
Begin
Read(x);
If x>10 then writeln (' bigger then 10 ')
Else
Writeln (' less then 10 ');
End.
23
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺘﻤﻌﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ،ﺍﻻﻥ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻻﺴﻬل ﻗﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻅﺭﻙ ........؟؟
ﺍﻅﻥ ﺍﻻﻭل ﺍﺴﻬل ﺒﻜﺜﻴﺭ ،ﺍﻟﻴﺱ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ !! ﻻﻨﻪ ﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟـ ، Tabﺍﻤﺎ ﻋﻥ
ﻁﺭﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻪ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺴﻬﻠﻪ ﺠﺩﺍ ،ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﻨﺕ ﺘﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻥ ﺘﺤﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻥ
ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﻫﻭ ﻀﻐﻁ ﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Tabﻭﺒﻌﺩ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﻀﻐﻁ enterﺴﻭﻑ
ﻴﻨﺘﻘل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺴﻔل ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﻪ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﻩ )ﺍﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻡ ﻗﺒل ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺘﻬﺎ
ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟـ . ( Tab
ﺍﻅﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﻨﻅﺭﻴﺎ ﺼﻌﺒﻪ ﻨﻭﻋﺎ ﻤﺎ ،ﻟﻜﻥ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻤﺤﺎﻭل ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﺠﺩﻫﺎ
ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻟﻪ ،ﻭﺒﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩﻩ ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻼﺤﻅ ﺍﻨﻙ ﺍﺼﺒﺤﺕ
ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ ﺒﻤﻬﺎﺭﻩ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﻩ ،ﻻ ﺘﻘﻠﻕ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺩﺭﻙ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻥ .
ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺘﺴﻤﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻴﺭﺍﻋﻰ ﺘﺴﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺒﺎﺴﻡ ﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺘﻪ
ﻭﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﺴﻡ ﻟﻠﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻭ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﺴﻡ ﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ،ﺍﻴﻀﺎ
ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ،ﻭﺍﻻﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻴﻠﻪ
ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﺒﺫﻩ ﺒﺘﺎﺘﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ،ﻜﻥ ﺤﺭﻴﺹ !!
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﻪ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻁﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺍﻅﻥ
ﺍﻨﻙ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻔﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺘﺠﻴﺩﻫﺎ ،ﻤﻊ ﻜل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻨﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺘﻤﺎﻤﺎ ،ﻫﺫﻩ
ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ،ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﺴﺘﺠﺩ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻋﺏ ﺃﻱ
ﺸﻲﺀ ﻟﻜﻨﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻭﻗﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ
ﺍﻟﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﺴﺘﺠﺩ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻤﺒﺭﻤﺞ ،ﻤﺒﺘﺩﺉ J
24
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ
ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺑﺖ
ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﱃ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ
ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺑﺖ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﳉﺘﻬﺎ ،
ﺳﺘﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ
vﻛﻴﻔﻴﻪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﲨﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﻪ
vﻛﻴﻔﻴﻪ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺑﺖ ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﻤﺎ
vﻛﻴﻔﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﳉﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ
vﻛﻴﻔﻴﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﻪ
25
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ :
ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﻪ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺠﻤﻠﺘﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ ﻭﻫﻡ:
write /1
writeln /2
ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ :ﻫﻭ ﺍﻥ writeﻴﻁﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ ﺜﻡ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﻓﻲ
ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ .
ﺍﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ writelnﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺘﻨﻁﺒﻊ ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ ﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﻴﻨﺘﻘل
ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ .
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ :
· ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ
· ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ
· ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻨﺹ ﻭﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ
ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻻﻭل
ﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ) writeﺍﻭ
( writelnﺜﻡ ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻏﻼﻗﻪ ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻭﻨﻜﺘﺏ ﺒﺩﺍﺨﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ
ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ،ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻨﺤﻴﻁﻬﺎ ﺒﻘﻭﺱ ﺼﻐﻴﺭ )'( quoteﻤﻥ
ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺒﻴﻥ )ﻴﺘﻡ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺘﻪ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺤﺭﻑ )ﻁ( ﺒﺎﻟﻠﻐﻪ ﺍﻻﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴﻪ(
26
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
:ﻤﺜﻼ
1/ Write (' wajdy ');
2/ Writeln (‘Welcome to My Program!! ‘);
wajdy ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻻﻭل ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻁﺒﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ )ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ( ﻜﻠﻤﻪ
. ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ
Welcome to My Program !! ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻁﺒﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ
. ( writeln ﻭﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻨﺘﻘل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ )ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ
/ (ﻤﺜﺎل )ﻟﻡ ﺍﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻜﺎﻤل
Begin
Writeln ('I learn Pascal');
Writeln ('Hi, there !');
End.
:ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻫﻭ
I learn Pascal
Hi, there
،، write ﺍﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﺒﺠﻤﻠﻪ
begin
Write('I learn Pascal');
Write ('Hi, there !');
end.
27
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻫﻭ:
I learn Pascal Hi, there
ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻨﻨﺎ ﻨﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻥ ﻨﺘﺭﻙ ﻤﺴﺎﻓﻪ ﺴﻁﺭ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ
;writeln ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻜﺘﺏ :
ﻤﺜﺎل //
ﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﺘﺭﻙ ﺴﻁﺭ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﺜﻡ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺸﻜل
ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻜﺎﻻﺘﻲ ::
Begin
;)'Writeln ('My Name is wajdy essam
;Writeln
;)' Write (‘do you understand the lesson
End.
ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻜﺎﻻﺘﻲ :
My name is wajdy essam
?Do you understand the lesson
Hello Worldﺍﻭل ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻟﻙ ﺒﻠﻐﻪ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩ ﻤﺘﺒﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ،ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺒﺩﺃ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ﺒﺈﻨﺸﺎﺀ
ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺒﺎﺴﻡ Helloﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺤﻴﺒﻴﻪ Hello Worldﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ .ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺠﺩﻴﺭ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻴﺅﺨﺫ ﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ .
28
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
;)Program Hello (output
;Uses wincrt
Begin
;)‘ ! Writeln (‘Hello World
End.
ﺍﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺒﻴﺌﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ،ﻭﻗﻡ ﺒﺘﺭﺠﻤﺘﻪ ﺜﻡ ﺒﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ .ﺴﺘﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ
! Hello World ﺘﻌﺭﺽ :
ﺍﺫﺍ ﺘﻡ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺘﻬﺎﻨﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﻙ ! ﻓﻘﺩ ﻨﺠﺤﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻭل ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻟﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ،ﻗﺩ
ﻴﺒﺩﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺒﺴﻴﻁﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻴﻪ ،ﻟﻜﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﺍﻥ ﺘﺩﺭﻙ ﺍﻥ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﻥ
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺭﻓﻴﻥ ﺒﺩﺅﺍ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ .
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ //
ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻻﻭل ،ﻫﻭ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ، Helloﻭﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻁ ،ﻨﺠﺩ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻀﻴﺤﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﻪ ﺒﻤﻌﺭﻓﻪ ﻫل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
ﻟﻪ ﻤﺩﺨﻼﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ،ﻫﻲ ﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ outputﻓﻘﻁ .
ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ،ﻫﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ،ﻭﻨﻅﺭﺍ ﻻﻥ
ﺍﻻﻤﺭ writeﻭ writelnﻫﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﻩ wincrt
ﻓﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ) ﺍﺫﺍ ﺍﻱ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ
ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﻩ ( .
29
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ،ﻫﻭ ﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ . begin
ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻊ ،ﻫﻭ ﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ! Hello Worldﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ ،ﻭﺘﻡ
ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻤﺭ ، writelnﺍﻱ ﺴﻴﻨﺘﻘل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ
ﺍﻻﻤﺭ .
ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻻﺨﻴﺭ ،ﻫﻭ ﻻﻨﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ) end.ﻻ ﺘﻨﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻁﻪ (
ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ،ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺸﺭﺤﻬﻡ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺸﺭﺡ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ .
ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻏﻠﺏ ﻟﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ variableﻫﻭ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﺘﺨﺯﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ،
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺒﺫﺍﻜﺭﻩ ﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻤﻜﻨﻙ ﺘﺨﺯﻴﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺒﺩﺍﺨﻠﻪ ﺜﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺎﺩﻩ
ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ .
ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺼﻭﺭ ﺫﺍﻜﺭﻩ ﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﻪ ﺴﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻨﺎﺕ ،ﻭﻜل ﺨﺎﻨﻪ
ﺘﻤﺜل ﻭﺍﺤﺩﻩ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺩﻩ ﺨﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻤﺘﺭﺍﺼﻪ ،ﻭﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻨﺎﺕ )ﺍﻭ ﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻜﺭﻩ( ﻴﺘﻡ
ﺘﺭﻗﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻴﺎ .
ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺒﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻜﺭﻩ ،ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺒﺤﺠﺯ ﺨﺎﻨﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻜﺜﺭ
ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺨﺯﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ .
ﺴﻴﻤﺜل ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ )ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻥ ( myvariableﺒﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﻋﻨﻭﻨﻪ ﻤﻠﺼﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺤﺩﻯ
ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﻴﻪ ﺴﺭﻴﻌﺎ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﻪ ﻋﻨﻭﺍﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ
ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻜﺭﻩ ،
30
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻴﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁﺎ ﻴﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭﻩ .ﻭﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻀﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ،
ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻨﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻜﺭﻩ . 102ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ
myvraiableﻓﻘﺩ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻜﺭﻩ .
اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﻐﯿﺮ Myvariable
اﻟﺬاﻛﺮه
102
اﻟﻌﻨﻮان 100 101 102 103 104
ﺤﺠﺯ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻜﺭﻩ //
ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻔﻙ ﻻﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ،ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﺘﺨﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ ﺒﻨﻭﻉ ﻫﺫﺍ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ،ﻫل ﻫﻭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺼﺤﻴﺢ Integerﺍﻡ ﺤﺭﻑ ، characterﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ ؟
ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﻪ ﺘﺨﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﺎﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺴﻴﺤﺠﺯﻫﺎ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﺘﺨﺯﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ
ﻜل ﺨﺎﻨﻪ ﺘﺸﻐل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺒﺎﻴﺕ .ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﻨﺸﺌﻪ ﺍﺭﺒﻌﻪ ﺒﺎﻴﺕ ،
ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺒﻌﻪ ﺒﺎﻴﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻜﺭﻩ .ﺍﻭ ﺍﺭﺒﻌﻪ ﺨﺎﻨﺎﺕ .ﻴﺨﺒﺭ
ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ )ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ( integerﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ ﺒﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻜﺭﻩ )ﻋﺩﺩ
ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻨﺎﺕ ( ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺴﻴﺤﺠﺯﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ .
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﻪ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﺒﺄﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ،،
ﻭﺤﺠﻭﻡ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ﺍﻴﻀﺎ !! ﻫﺫﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﺸﻬﺭﻫﺎ ::
31
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤـــ )ﻤﻥ( ـــــ )ﺍﻟﻰ( ــﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ
1ﺒﺎﻴﺕ integer -128ﺍﻟﻰ+127 Shortint
1ﺒﺎﻴﺕ integer 0ﺍﻟﻰ 255 Byte
2ﺒﺎﻴﺕ integer -32768ﺍﻟﻰ +32767 Integer
2ﺒﺎﻴﺕ integer 0ﺍﻟﻰ 65535 Word
-2146473648ﺍﻟﻰ 4 +2146473647ﺒﺎﻴﺕ integer Longint
6ﺒﺎﻴﺕ fractional ??????? -ﺍﻟﻰ ???????+ Real
255ﺒﺎﻴﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺭﻗﻤﻰ ﺒﺤﺩﻭﺩ 255ﺤﺭﻑ String
1ﺒﺎﻴﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺭﻗﻤﻰ ﺤﺭﻑ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ Char
1ﺒﺎﻴﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺭﻗﻤﻰ True - False Boolean
ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻴﺩ ،ﻟﻜﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻨﺤﺘﺎﺠﻪ ﺍﻻﻥ .
ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ
ﻜﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻴﻨﺎ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﺎﹰ )ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ،ﺭﺃﻴﻨﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ
varﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻨﻌﻠﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻨﺤﺘﺎﺠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ
ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ )ﻜل ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻟﻪ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ( .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻼﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ :
; ﻨﻭﻋﻪ :ﺍﺴـﻡ ﺍﻟــﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ
variablename : type
32
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
Variablename
ﻫﻨﺎ ﺘﻀﻊ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺴﻡ ﻜﻴﻔﻤﺎ ﺘﺭﻴﺩ ،ﻟﻜﻨﻙ ﻻ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﻭﻀﻊ ﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻻﺴﻡ .ﺍﻭ
ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﺒﺭﻗﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺤﺩ ﺍﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ،ﻭﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ
ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ xﻭ myageﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ،ﺍﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺩﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ
ﺘﻌﺭﻓﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻬﺎ ،ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺩﻩ
ﻴﺴﻬل ﻤﻥ ﻓﻬﻡ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻌﻴﺎﺏ ﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ .
ﻤﺜﺎل //
Var
;X:integer
;Y:string
;A,b:char }ﻟﻼﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ{
ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻋﻼﻨﻙ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ،ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺨﺼﻴﺹ )ﺤﺠﺯ( ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻜﺭﻩ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ،ﻗﻴﻤﻪ
ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺴﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺘﺼﺎﺩﻑ ﻭﺠﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺫﺍﻜﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ،
ﺴﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻗﻠﻴل ﻜﻴﻔﻴﻪ ﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﻩ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻜﺭﻩ .
ﻭﻜﻘﺎﻋﺩﻩ ﻋﺎﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﻪ :
· ﺤﺎﻭل ﺘﺠﻨﺏ ﺍﻻﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻬﻤﻪ ﻤﺜل j5d8g
· ﺤﺎﻭل ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ xﻭi
· ﺤﺎﻭل ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺒﺭﻩ ﻤﺜل countﻭ MyAge
33
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺘﻙ
ﻻﺴﻨﺎﺩ )ﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ( ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﻪ ،ﻴﺠﺏ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺘﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻻﺘﻲ :
;var_name:= value
ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ،ﺃﻱ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟـ begin
ﻟﻠﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ .
ﻤﺜﺎل //
Var
;X: integer
Begin
;X: = 10
;)Writeln(x
End.
ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ Xﻭﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ . 10
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ :
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ)ﺒﻌﺩ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﻩ ﻟﻡ ﺍﻜﺘﺒﻬﻤﺎ ﺒﻐﺭﺽ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺭ
ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺭﻋﻪ ،ﻗﻡ ﺒﻜﺘﺎﺒﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺍﺭﺩﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ( ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻻﻋﻼﻥ
ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺹ ﻟﻬﺎ ،ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ xﻤﻥ
ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ integerﺃﻱ ﻜﻌﺩﺩ ﺼﺤﻴﺢ ،ﺜﻡ ﺒﺩﺃﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ
، beginﺒﻌﺩﻫﺎ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ )ﺍﺴﻨﺎﺩ( ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ 10ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ، xﺜﻡ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ
34
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ xﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ) writeln(xﻻﺤﻅ ﺍﻨﻨﺎ ﻟﻡ ﻨﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ
ﺍﻻﻗﻭﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭﻩ ' ' )ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ(.
ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻨﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻬﺎ ؟؟؟ ﺴﺅﺍل ﻤﻨﻁﻘﻰ !!
ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻨﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻥ ﻨﻁﺒﻊ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﺎ ﻓﻨﻜﺘﺒﻬﺎ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻗﻭﺍﺱ )ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ(.
ﺍﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻨﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻻﻗﻭﺍﺱ )ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻻﻭل(.
ﻤﺜﺎل )ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻥ xﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ // ( string
;)' Write (' I Learn Pascal
;’X: = ‘O.k.
;)Writeln(x
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ) ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ( //
I Learn Pascal O.K
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻻﻭل ﻫﻭ ﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ I Learn Pascalﻭﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ
ﻫﻭ writeﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ.
ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ،ﺘﻡ ﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ o.kﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ . x
ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ،ﻫﻭ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ) xﻭﻫﻲ . ( o.k
ﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﺨﺭ //
ﻗﺭﺭ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ xﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ integer؟
35
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
;X: = 10
;X: = 2
;)Write(x
ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ 2 /
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻻﻭل ،ﺘﻡ ﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ xﻭﻫﻲ ، 10ﺜﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ
ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﻩ ﻟﻠـ ) xﺍﻱ ﺘﻡ ﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﻪ ﻭﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ ﺒﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ (2ﻭﻓﻲ
ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻻﺨﻴﺭ ﺘﻡ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ، xﻭﻫﻲ .2
ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ
ﻭﻫﻭ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻨﺹ ﻭﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ،ﻭﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻻﺘﻲ //
;)1. Writeln (‘The total is ‘, x
;)2. Writeln (‘my name is: ‘, n, ‘my family name is:’, f
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻻﻭل ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ xﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ 100
ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻜﺎﻻﺘﻲ /
The total is 100
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ nﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ wajdyﻭﻗﻴﻤﻪ fﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ essam
ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻜﺎﻻﺘﻲ /
My name is: wajdy my family name is: essam
36
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺭ
ﻓﻘﻁ ! ﻓﺒﺩل ﺍﻥ ﻨﻜﺘﺏ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻨﺹ)ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻻﻭل( ﺜﻡ ﻨﻜﺘﺏ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ
ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ )ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ( ،ﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻻﺜﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ
ﻭﺍﺤﺩﻩ ،ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ)ﺍﻱ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺹ ﻭﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ( ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﻪ
ﻓﺎﺼﻠﻪ ). (,
ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ :
ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺤﻴﺎﻥ ،ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺒﺎﺩﺨﺎل ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ
ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ،ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ .
ﻭﻓﻲ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺠﻤﻠﺘﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺍﻻ ﻭﻫﻲ /
read /1
readln /2
ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ :
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ، readﻴﺘﻡ ﻗﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺨﻠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ،
ﻭﻴﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﺨﺭ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺘﻤﺕ ﻗﺭﺍﺌﺘﻪ .ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺨﺭ ﻴﻨﺯل ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ .
ﺍﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻨﻭﻩ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺩﺨﺎل " ﻻ ﻴﻬﻡ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺍﺩﺨﻠﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻻﻭل ﺜﻡ ﻤﺴﺎﻓﻪ
ﺜﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ،ﺍﻭ ﺍﺩﺨﻠﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻻﻭل ﺜﻡ ﺍﻨﺘﺭ ﺜﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ " .
ﻤﺜﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺩﺨﺎل:
37
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
Begin
Write(‘Enter you number: ‘);
Readln(x);
Writeln (‘You Number is: ‘, x);
End.
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
ﺍﻻﻥ ﻭﻓﻲEnter you number: ﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺒﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ ﻭﻫﻭ
( ﺴﻭﻑ ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭwrite ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ )ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻥ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻫﻲ
.ﻭﻴﻨﺘﻘل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ. ( ! )ﻗﻡ ﺒﺘﻌﺭﻴﻔﻪ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻙx
ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ )ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻨﻭﺍﻉ+ ﺍﺨﻴﺭﺍ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻨﺹ
. (ﺍﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ
ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ
Program example (input, output);
Uses wincrt;
Var
X: integer;
S: string;
Begin
Write ('Enter your Name: ');
Readln(s);
Write ('Enter your Age: ');
Readln(x);
Writeln ('Your Name is: ',s,' your age is: ',x);
End.
38
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
Enter your Name: wajdy
Enter your Age: 20
Your Name is: wajdy your age is: 20
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻴﻥ ،ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻭل ﻻﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻭﺤﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻪ
)ﻨﻅﺭﺍ ﻻﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ )ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ (writelnﻓﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻨﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻭﺤﺩﻩ
. ( wincrt
ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ،ﻫﻭ ﻟﻼﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ .ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ xﻤﻥ
ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ، integerﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ sﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﻪ . string
ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻊ ﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ، beginﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ Enter
your Name:ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ
ﻟﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ sﻭﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻊ ﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ
Enter your Age:ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻤﻥ ﻟﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ xﻭﻴﻨﺘﻘل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ .
ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ﻫﻭ ﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺹ Your Name isﻭﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ s
ﻭﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺹ your age is:ﻭﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ . x
39
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﺜﻭﺍﺒﺕ Constants
ﻓﻲ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﻪ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺍ ﻤﻨﺎ ﻨﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺸﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺘﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ
ﺍﺒﺩﺍ ،ﻤﺜﻼ/
Pi = 3.1415926513 , e = 2.7182818284529
ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺏ ﺤﻔﻅﻬﺎ ،ﻟﻠﺒﻌﺽ ﻤﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗل ،ﻟﻠﺫﻙ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﺘﻘﺩﻡ
ﺍﺩﺍﻩ ﺠﻴﺩﻩ ﻟﻠﺜﻭﺍﺒﺕ ،ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﻪ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﺜﻼ .pi
ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻭﺍﺒﺕ
ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ،ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻻﺘﻲ /
; ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ :ﺍﺴـﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺕ
;Constname: Value
ﻤﺜﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ
Const
; Myconst = 1234
ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺕ ، myconstﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ، 1234ﻭﻻ ﺘﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
،ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺘﺴﻤﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﻭﺍﺒﺕ ﺘﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻨﻔﺱ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺘﺴﻤﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ،ﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺩﺭﺱ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ .
ﻤﺜﺎل ﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﻭﺍﺒﺕ //
40
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
;)Program example (input, output
;Uses wincrt
Const
;Mc=50
Var
;X: integer
Begin
;X: = 2
;)Write(x*mc
End.
ﺃﺭﺃﻴﺕ ،ﻜﻡ ﻫﻭ ﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ،ﻗﻡ ﺒﺘﺠﺭﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ،ﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ؟؟
ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻫﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻀﺭﺏ 50*2ﻭﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ . 100
ﻟﻜﻥ ﺘﺫﻜﺭ ﻜﻠﻤﺘﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ،ﺍﻟﺜﻭﺍﺒﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻗﺎﺒﻠﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﺒﺩﺍ ﺍﺒﺩﺍ ﺍﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﻩ
ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺕ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل/
Const
;Myconst: mytype =the value
ﻤﺜﺎل //
Const
;Mc: integer = 40
ﺍﻴﻀﺎ /
41
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
Const
;Aa: integer=2, 3
ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺨﺎﻁﺊ ؟ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ
ﻻﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺕ Aaﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ integerﻭﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ
ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ realﺃﻱ 2.3
ﻭﺍﻀﺢ ،ﺍﻻﻥ ﻜﻴﻑ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﻨﻐﻴﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ .
ﻤﺜﺎل//
Const
;X:word=10
Var
;Z:integer
Begin
;Z:= 2
;X:= 20
;)Writeln(x*z
End.
ﺴﻬل ،ﺍﻟﻴﺱ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ،ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻴﻪ .
42
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ
ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﱴ ﳚﺮﻱ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ
ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ،ﻭﻣﻜﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﻭ
ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﺍﱃ ﺻﺤﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻣﻌﲔ .
ﺳﺘﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ :
· ﻣﺎ ﻫﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑﺍﺕ
· ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻞ
· ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ )ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﻪ ﻭﻣﻨﻄﻘﻴﻪ( ﰲ ﻟﻐﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ
43
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ
ﺘﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ statementﻓﻲ ﺘﺴﻠﺴل ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ،ﺍﻭ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ،ﺍﻭ ﻻ
ﺘﻔﻌل ﺍﻱ ﺸﻲ .ﻨﺘﺘﻬﻲ ﻜﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺒﻔﺎﺼﻠﻪ ﻤﻨﻘﻭﻁﻪ );( .ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﺸﻬﺭ
ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ،ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ )ﺍﻻﺴﻨﺎﺩ( ،ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻡ ﺫﻜﺭﻩ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﺎ .
;X:= a+b
ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺱ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺭ ،ﻻﺘﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻥ x
ﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ aﻭ . bﻭﺍﻨﻤﺎ ﺘﻘﺭﺃ " ﻗﻡ ﺒﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ aﻭ bﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ " x
ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺒﻤﻬﻤﺘﻴﻥ ،ﻓﺎﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻜﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﻩ ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻻ
ﺘﺸﺘﻤل ﺍﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺼﻠﻪ ﻤﻨﻘﻭﻁﻪ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﻩ .ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ assignmentﻴﻌﻤل
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻻﻴﻤﻥ ﻟﻌﻼﻤﻪ ﻟﻌﻼﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ )= (:ﻟﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ
ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻻﻴﺴﺭ .
ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﻪ block
ﺍﻱ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻀﻊ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻤﻔﺭﺩﻩ ،ﺴﻴﻤﻜﻨﻙ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﻀﻊ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻤﺭﻜﺒﻪ
ﻓﻴﻪ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺴﻤﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺘﻠﻪ )ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﻪ( ،ﻭﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ
beginﺜﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺭﻴﺩﻫﺎ ،ﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﻡ ﺒﺎﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ
;) endﻻﺤﻅ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺼﻠﻪ ﻤﻊ ﻜﻠﻤﻪ . ( end
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭﺍﺕ
ﺍﻱ ﺸﻲ ﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﺤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﻴﻭﺼﻑ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ . expressionﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻫﻭ
ﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺒﺎﺤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ .ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ 2+3ﺘﻌﻭﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ، 5ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻫﻲ
ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ .
44
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﻀﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل:
· ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﻀﻴﻪ :
ﻭﻫﻲ ﺘﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺭﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﻪ )ﻋﺩﺩ ﺼﺤﻴﺢ ،
ﻋﺩﺩ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ( ﻭﺒﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﻪ ،ﻭﺘﻔﺼﻴل ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ :
ﺸﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﻪ
+ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ
- ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺡ
* ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺏ
div ﻗﺴﻤﻪ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺼﺤﻴﺢ
/ ﻗﺴﻤﻪ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ
mod ﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﻪ
· ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﻴﻪ :
ﻭﺘﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻼﻤﻪ ﺍﻜﺒﺭﻤﻥ ﻭﺍﺼﻐﺭﻤﻥ ﻭﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ ..ﺍﻟﺦ ،ﻭﺘﻔﺼﻴل ﺫﻟﻙ
ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ :
ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﻪ
> ﺍﻜﺒﺭ
ﺍﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ =>
< ﺍﺼﻐﺭ
ﺍﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ =<
= ﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ
>< ﻻ ﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ
45
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻭﻻ :ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﻀﻴﻪ /
ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﻅﻥ ،ﺍﻥ ﺍﻏﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﻴﻜﻭﻨﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ .ﻓﻌﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ
ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻻﺸﺎﺭﻩ +ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺭﺡ -ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺭﺏ * ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﻪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﻥ ،ﺍﻻﻭل ﻫﻭ
ﻗﺴﻤﻪ ﺍﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ) integerﺍﻱ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻔﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻡ
ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ( ﻭﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ ، divﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻫﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﻪ ﺍﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﻪ
ﻭﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﺸﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻴﻪ ، /ﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﻪ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ . mod
· ﺍﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ integerﻫﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﺴﻭﺭ ﻤﺜﻼ 5 /ﻭ 10ﻭ ) 52-ﺍﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺴﺎﻟﺒﻪ ،ﻤﻭﺠﺒﻪ ،ﻭﻻ
ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﺴﻭﺭ (.
· ﺍﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﻪ realﻫﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﺘﻰ ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﺴﻭﺭ )ﺍﻴﻀﺎ
ﻤﻭﺠﺒﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺴﺎﻟﺒﻪ ( ﻤﺜﻼ 2.5 /ﻭ 9.2-ﻭ ) 10ﺍﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻪ
ﻤﻥ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﻪ ،ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﻭﺴﻊ ﻭﺍﺸﻤل ،ﺍﺫﻥ
ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﻫﻲ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﻪ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺱ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺼﺤﻴﺢ ( .
ﻗﺴﻤﻪ ﺍﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﻪ
ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻨﻘﺴﻡ 24ﻋﻠﻰ . 24 div 4 ، 4ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻫﻭ ، 5ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﻤﻥ
ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﻪ ﻫﻭ . 1
ﻭﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻰ ،ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل . 24 mod 4 :
46
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﺴﺒﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤﻼﺕ
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻴﻠﻪ ﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﻪ ،ﺴﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺩﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﺴﺒﻘﻴﻪ
ﻜل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ،ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺍﺭﺩﺕ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺴﻠﻴﻤﻪ .ﻭﻫﻲ ﻜﻤﺎ
ﻴﻠﻲ /
· ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺏ
· ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﻪ
· ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ
· ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺡ
ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﻥ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻻﺴﺒﻘﻴﻪ ،ﻓﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﺠﺭﻱ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﻤﺎ
ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻥ .ﻓﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ
;X:= 5+3+8*9+6*4
ﻴﺠﺭﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺏ ﺍﻭﻻ ،ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻥ .ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻥ
9*8=72ﻭﺍﻥ ، 6*4=24ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺴﺘﺼﺒﺢ :
;X:= 5+3+72+24
ﻭﺍﻻﻥ ﺴﺘﺠﺭﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻥ 5+3=8ﻭ 8+72=80ﻭ
. 80+24=104
ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻻﺤﻴﺎﻥ ،ﻴﺘﻭﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﻭﺍﺱ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﺍﻻﺴﺒﻘﻴﻪ ،
ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻗﻭﺍﺱ ﺘﺄﺨﺫ ﺩﺭﺠﻪ ﺍﺴﺒﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﻪ .
47
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺘﻌﺸﻴﺵ ﺍﻻﻗﻭﺍﺱ
ﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺘﻌﻨﻲ ؟ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺴﻨﺠﺩ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﺼﺒﺢ ﻤﻘﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺠﻪ
ﻤﺨﻴﻔﻪ ،ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻨﻠﺠﺄ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺘﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ،ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻀﺎﻓﻪ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻜل
ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺩ .
;)Total:= ( (old+new)/2) * (water+phone
ﺘﺘﻡ ﻗﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻘﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ .
ﺍﻻﻥ ﻟﻭ ﺤﺎﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﺘﺒﺴﻴﻁﻪ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺸﻴﺵ
;All:= old+new
;Avarge := all/2
;Hosue:= water*phone
; Toltal:=avarge * house
ﺍﺭﺃﻴﺕ ،ﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﻭﻗﺘﺎ ﺍﻁﻭل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ،ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻜﺜﺭ ،
ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﺴﻬل ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ .
ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺎ :ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﻴﻪ /
ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ،ﺍﻜﺒﺭ ،ﺍﺼﻐﺭ ،ﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ ...ﺍﻟﺦ ،ﻭﻫﻲ
ﺘﺭﺠﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ trueﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﻪ ﺼﺤﻴﺤﻪ ، 3<6ﻭﺘﺭﺠﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ falseﺍﺫﺍ
ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺼﺤﻴﺤﻪ . 5=1
48
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ
ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﻪ
ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﻪ ،ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻬﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﱴ ﳓﺘﺎﺝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ
ﺍﱃ ﺍﲣﺎﺫ ﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ
ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ،ﺍﺫﺍ ﻓﻬﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﻮﻑ
ﺍﻋﻴﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺘﻪ ﻣﺮﻩ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ !
ﰲ ﻟﻐﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﲨﻠﺘﲔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻁ /
· ﲨﻠﻪ if
· ﲨﻠﻪ case
ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﳍﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ .
49
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻭﻻ :ﺠﻤﻠﻪ if
ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻬﺎ
If condition then
Begin
:
;End
ﺍﻭ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻀﺎﻓﻪ ﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﺍﻻ :
If condition then
Begin
:
} ; End {No Semicolon
Else
Begin
:
;End
ﺤﺴﻨﺎ ،ﻜﻴﻑ ﻴﻔﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ ﺫﻟﻙ ؟ ﺍﻭﻻ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ،condition
ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻤﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻓﺎﻨﻪ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ )ﺍﻟـ Begin (Blockﻭ ;end
ﻭﻤﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻻ elseﻓﺎﻨﻪ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﺠﺎﻫﻠﻬﺎ )ﻫﺫﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻤﺘﺤﻘﻕ( .
ﺍﻤﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻤﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻓﺎﻨﻪ ﻴﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ elseﻭﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻤﺎ ﺍﻟـ
Blockﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ . else
50
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻴﺠﺩﺭ ﺍﻻﺸﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻏﻠﺏ ﺠﻤل ﻟﻐﻪ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ) ifﻭ forﻭcase
ﻭ...ﺍﻟﺦ ( ﺍﻨﻪ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ )ﻤﺜﻼ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ( ifﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﻩ ﻓﺎﻨﻪ ﻏﻴﺭ
ﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻨﻀﻊ Blockﺃﻱ beginﻭ ;. end
ﺍﻤﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ifﺍﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ
ﻓﺎﻨﻪ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻨﻀﻊ ﺍﻟـ . block
ﻤﺜﺎل//
Begin
;)Read(x
If x<10 then
Begin
;Sum:=x+20
;)Write(sum
;End
;)'Write('done
End.
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ :
ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ x , sumﻓﻲ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ )ﻗﻡ ﺒﺘﻌﺭﻴﻔﻬﻤﺎ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻙ ( ،
ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ، xﺜﻡ ﻴﻘﺭﺭ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ Xﻫل ﻫﻲ
ﺍﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ 10؟؟
ﺍﺫﺍ ﻨﻌﻡ )ﺍﻱ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ( ﻓﺎﻨﻪ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟـ ) blockﺃﻱ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ
beginﻭ ;. ( end
51
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
( ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﺠﺎﻫل20=x ﺍﻤﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﺤﻘﻕ )ﻤﺜﻼ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟـ
.done ﻭﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻠﻴﻬﺎblockﺍﻟـ
:ﻤﻼﺤﻅﻪ
ﻭﺒﻌﺩﻫﺎ ﺴﻴﻘﻭﻡblock ( ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟـ5=x ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ )ﻤﺜﻼ
.done ﺒﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻠﻴﻪ
//ﻤﺜﺎل
Program wajdy (input,output);
Uses wincrt;
Var
I:integer;
Begin
Write('Please enter any number: ');
Readln(i);
If i <=10 then
Begin
Writeln('hello world');
Writeln('wajdy essam');
Writeln('O.K');
End;
Writeln('do you anderstand ?? ');
End.
52
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ Please enter any numberﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ.
ﻤﺎﻟﻔﺎﺌﺩﻩ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ؟؟
ﺃﻱ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﻤﺞ ،ﻓﻠﺭﺒﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﺤﺩ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻴﻥ ﺒﺘﺠﺭﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ،ﻓﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﺘﻭﻀﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻴﺩﺨﻠﻪ
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ،ﻫل ﻫﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻭ ﻋﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻭ
ﺤﺭﻑ ،ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ .
ﺍﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ،ﻓﺄﻨﺕ ﻻ ﺘﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ
ﻟﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻙ ،ﻓﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻱ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻴﺩﺨﻠﻪ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﺩﺨﺎل .
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ، iﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﺒﺩﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁﻴﻪ
ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺨل iﺍﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭﻩ ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ
ﺍﻟـ . blockﺍﻤﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﺠﺎﻫل ﺍﻟـ. block
ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ
· ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ / i=5
Please enter any number: 5
hello world
wajdy essam
O.K
?? do you anderstand
53
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
/ i=20 · ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ
Please enter any number: 20
do you anderstand ??
//ﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﺨﺭ
Begin
Read(x);
If x>0 then
Begin
Writeln('You Enterd 0');
Writeln('o.k');
End
Else
Begin
Writeln('you enterd not 0 ');
Writeln('o.k');
End;
Writeln('done');
End.
ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ
: ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ0 ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺨل
You Enterd 0
o.k
done
54
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻤﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺭ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ:
You Enterd not 0
o.k
Done
ﻻﺤﻅ ﺍﺨﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﻋﻼﻤﻪ ; ﻗﺒل ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ، elseﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺠﻤل .ifﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ
ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ elseﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ
semicolonﻻﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ .
ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ifﺍﻟﻤﺘﺩﺍﺨﻠﻪ Nested if
ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﻤﻊ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ifﺒﺩﺍﺨﻠﻬﺎ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ifﺍﺨﺭﻯ ،ﻜﻴﻑ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ؟
ﻤﺜﺎل//
Begin
If x<10 then
Begin
;)' Writeln(' x is less than 10
;)'If x>3 then write('x is more than 3
;End
End.
ﻨﻌﻡ ﻨﻌﻡ ،ﻜﻡ ﻫﻭ ﺠﻤﻴل ،ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ifﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ )ﻓﻲ
ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﺘﻭﻀﻊ
ﺩﺍﺨل blockﺍﺨﺭ )ﺃﻱ beginﻭ ;. ( end
55
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
Combining the conditionsﺭﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ
ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﺍﺭﺒﻌﻪ ﻁﺭﻕ ﻟﺭﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺒﺒﻌﺽ ﻭﻫﻲ :
not,And , or, xor
ﺠﻤﻠﻪ andﻭ :
ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟـ bolckﺍﻻ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁﻴﻥ ﻤﺘﺤﻘﻘﻴﻥ
ﺠﻤﻠﻪ orﺍﻭ:
ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻻﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟـ blockﺍﻻ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁﻴﻥ )ﺍﻭ
ﻜﻼﻫﻤﺎ( ﻤﺘﺤﻘﻕ
ﺠﻤﻠﻪ :xor
ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻻﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟـ blockﺍﻻ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺸﺭﻁ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ
ﻤﺘﺤﻘﻕ
ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻰ: not
ﺃﻱ ﺍﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻨﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ،ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ trueﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﺼﺒﺢ falseﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺱ
ﺍﻴﻀﺎ
56
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻤﺜﺎل//
Begin
;)Read(x,y
If (x<10) and (y>5) then
Begin
;)'Writeln('o.k
;)'Writeln('helow
;End
End.
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ) ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ xﻭ yﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ، integerﻗﻡ ﺒﺘﻌﺭﻴﻔﻬﻤﺎ
ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻙ ( ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻜل ﻤﻥ xﻭ . yﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ،ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ X
ﺍﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ 10ﻭ yﺍﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ 5ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟـ .block
ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ X=8ﻭ y=5ﻓﺎﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻻﺘﻲ :
o.k
Helow
ﺍﻤﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ x=12ﻭ y=6ﻓﺎﻨﻪ ﻟﻥ ﻴﻨﻔﺫ ﺃﻱ ﺸﻲ .
ﻗﻡ ﺒﺘﺠﺭﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺒﻜل ﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﺭﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﻪ ،ﻭﻻﺤﻅ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻼﻑ.
ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻻﺤﻅ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﻭﺍﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻜل ﺸﺭﻁ ،ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ ﻜل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﺒﻁ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ
ﺘﻭﻀﻊ ﻜل ﺸﺭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻭﺱ .
ﺍﻻﻥ ،ﻜﻴﻑ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﻤﻊ ﺜﻼﺜﻪ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ؟؟
57
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻜﺎﻻﺘﻲ :
If ( (x<10) and (y>5) ) or (k>3) then …..
ﻨﻌﻡ ﻨﻌﻡ ،
ﺃﻱ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﺴﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭ ) )( (x<10) and (y>5
ﺜﻡ ﺘﺒﺩﺃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ orﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ). (k>3
ﻤﺜﻼ :ﺍﺫﺍ ﺘﻡ ﺍﺩﺨﺎل ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻻﺘﻴﻪ x=7 y=6 k=4
ﺍﻻﻥ ﻫل xﺍﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ 10ﻭ yﺍﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ 5؟؟
ﻨﻌﻡ
ﺍﻻﻥ ﻫل kﺍﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ 3؟؟؟ ﻨﻌﻡ
ﺍﺫﺍﹰ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ،،،
ﺤﺴﻨﺎ ،ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ k=2ﻫل ﺴﻴﺘﻨﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ؟؟؟
ﻨﻌﻡ
ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ؟؟؟
ﻻﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻻﻭل ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ) ) ( (x<10) and (y>5ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﻪ orﺘﺘﻨﻔﺫ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻤﺘﺤﻘﻕ .
58
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺎ :ﺠﻤﻠﻪ : case .. Of
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ
ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ، ifﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻁﻭﻴل ﻭﻤﻌﻘﺩ
ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ،ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﻪ ﻟﻠﺒﻌﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗل ﻭﻤﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺠﺎﺌﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ caseﻜﺒﺩﻴل ﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ if
ﺍﻟﻁﻼﺏ ،،ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻜﺎﻻﺘﻲ : ﻟﻨﻘل ﺍﻥ ﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻟﺩﺭﺠﺎﺕ
90-100ﻴﻁﺒﻊ A ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺩﺭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﻤﺎﺒﻴﻥ
80-89ﻴﻁﺒﻊ B ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺩﺭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﻤﺎﺒﻴﻥ
70-79ﻴﻁﺒﻊ C ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺩﺭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﻤﺎﺒﻴﻥ
60-69ﻴﻁﺒﻊ E ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺩﺭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﻤﺎﺒﻴﻥ
50-59ﻴﻁﺒﻊ D ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺩﺭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﻤﺎﺒﻴﻥ
0-49ﻴﻁﺒﻊ F ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺩﺭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﻤﺎﺒﻴﻥ
ﻜﻴﻑ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺤل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ؟؟
ﺍﻭﻻ :ﺒﺠﻤﻠﻪ : if
Begin
;)Read(x
;)'If (x>=90) and (x<=100) then writeln('A
;)'If (x>=80) and (x<=89) then writeln('B
;)'If (x>=70) and (x<=79) then writeln('C
;)'If (x>=60) and (x<=69) then writeln('D
;)'If (x>=50) and (x<=59) then writeln('E
;)'If (x>=0) and (x<=49) then writeln('F
End.
59
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻋﻼﻩ ،ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺤل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺒﺠﻤﻠﻪ ، ifﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ )ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ xﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ (integerﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ) (xﺜﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺩﺃﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ
ﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ .
ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺠﻪ ﺍﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ 90ﻭﺍﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ 100ﻓﺎﻁﺒﻊ
A
ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺠﻪ ﺍﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ 80ﻭﺍﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ 89ﻓﺎﻁﺒﻊ B
ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﻪ .
ﺠﻤﻠﻪ in
ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ inﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁﻴﻪ ﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻯ ،ﺩﻋﻨﺎ ﻨﺭﻯ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﻪ
ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ .
ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ:
;)'If (x>=90) and (x<=100) then writeln('A
ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ) inﻭﻫﻰ ﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻯ(
;)'If x in [90 .. 100] then writeln('A
ﺍﺭﺃﻴﺕ ،ﻜﻡ ﻫﻭ ﺴﻬل ،ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻯ ﺒﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻻﻭل ﻭﺍﻻﺨﻴﺭ ﻭﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ
ﻨﻘﻁﺘﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻁ ) ، ( ..ﻻﺤﻅ ﻨﻘﻁﺘﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻁ !
ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻟﻭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ inﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﺼﺒﺢ
ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻻﺘﻰ :
;)'If z in [5,9,6,8,66] then writeln('O.k
60
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
: ﺍﻭ ﺤﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻴﻀﺎ
If ch in ['C','B','U'] then writeln('CPU');
. string ﺍﻭchar ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉch ﻤﻊ ﺍﻻﺨﺫ ﺒﺎﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ
ﺤﻴﺙ )ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻻﻭل( ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ، (ﻨﻌﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻻﻭل )ﺩﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻟﺏ
if ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺩﺍﺨﻠﻪ )ﺃﻱ ﺠﻤﻠﻪif ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻴﻙ ﻟﻭ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻜﺘﺎﺒﺘﻪ ﺒـif ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺒﺠﻤﻠﻪ
.( ﺍﺨﺭﻯif ﺩﺍﺨل ﺠﻤﻠﻪ
Begin
Read(x);
If x>= 90 then mark:= 'A'
Else
If x >= 80 then mark:='B'
Else
If x>=70 then mark:= 'C'
Else
If x>=60 then mark:='D'
Else
If x>= 50 then mark:='E'
Else
If x>=0 then mark:='F';
Writeln(mark);
End.
61
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻭل xﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ integerﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ mark
ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ . char
ﺒﻌﺩﻫﺎ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ، xﺜﻡ ﺒﺩﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁﻴﻪ .
'If x>= 90 then mark:= 'A
ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ xﺍﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ 90ﻓﻘﻡ ﺒﺘﺨﺯﻴﻥ Aﻓﻲ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ) markﻻﺤﻅ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻤﻪ ' ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﺎﻨﺒﻲ Aﻻﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ( charﺜﻡ
ﺍﻀﻔﻨﺎ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻻ ) elseﺃﻱ ﺍﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ (89ﻭﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ،ﻭﺍﻀﺎﻓﻪ elseﺍﻴﻀﺎ ،ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﻪ .
ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ،ﺴﻴﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ ،ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺘﺤﻘﻕ
ﺴﻴﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ،ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻥ ﻴﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ،ﻭﻴﻨﺘﻘل ﺍﻟﻰ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ
ﺍﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ .
ﻻﺤﻅ ﺍﺨﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﻋﻼﻤﻪ ; ) (semicolonﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺄﺘﻲ ﺒﻌﺩﻫﺎ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ
elseﺍﻻ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻻﺨﻴﺭ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻌﺩﻩ ﻟﻴﺱ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ . else
ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺨﻴﺭ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ . mark
ﺍﻻﻥ ﻨﻌﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ، caseﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﻪ :
Case variable of
:
;End
62
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻻﺤﻅ ﺍﻥ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ caseﻻﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ beginﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ;. end
ﺍﻻﻥ ﻟﺤل ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﺒﺠﻤﻠﻪ case
Begin
;)Read(x
Case x of
;)'90..100 : writeln('A
;)'80..89 : writeln('B
;)'70..79 : writeln('C
;)'60..69 : writeln('D
;)'50..59 : writeln('E
;)'0..49 : writeln('F
;End
End.
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ )ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ xﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ،ﺤﻴﺙ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ caseﺘﻘﺒل
ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ،ﻤﺎﻋﺩﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ( realﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ . xﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ) xﺩﺭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻟﺏ( ﺘﻨﺤﺼﺭ ﺒﻴﻥ 90ﺍﻟﻰ 100
ﻓﻴﺘﻡ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ Aﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ ،ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺘﻨﺤﺼﺭ ﺒﻴﻥ 80ﺍﻟﻰ 89ﻓﻴﺘﻡ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ
Bﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ .ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ
ﺤﺴﻨﺎ ،ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ xﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ 10-ﺍﻭ 200ﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ؟ ﻟﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻱ ﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ،ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺠﺏ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ elseﻭﻨﻀﻊ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﻪ ﺨﻁﺄ
، erorrﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻻ ﺘﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل 0..100ﻟﻬﺎ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﻪ ﺨﻁﺄ .
)ﻻ ﺘﻨﺴﻰ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻁﺘﺎﻥ ،ﺍﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻯ .ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﺩﻯ
ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﻔﺎﺼﻠﻪ ( .
63
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻤﺜﺎل /
ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﻪ aﻭ bﻓﻴﺘﻡ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ، very goodﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﻪ cﻭd
ﻓﻴﻁﺒﻊ ، goodﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺠﻪ eﻓﻴﻁﺒﻊ . bad
Begin
;)Read(x
Case x of
;)’A,b:writeln(‘Very Good
;)’C,d:writeln(‘Good
;)’E:writeln(‘bad
Else
;)‘ )Writeln(‘Please enter any value between (a,b,c,d,e
;End
End.
ﺍﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﻤﺩﻯ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻻﻭل ﻓﻲ
ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻯ ﺜﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻁﺘﺎﻥ ) ، ( ..ﺜﻡ ﻨﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻻﺨﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻯ .
ﺍﻤﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺍﺭﺩﺕ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ،ﻓﺘﺘﻡ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ
ﺒﻔﺎﺼﻠﻪ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ .
ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻟﻭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻤﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻻﻭل ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺠﻪ ﻤﺎ
ﺒﻴﻥ 90ﺍﻟﻰ 100ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻤﺜﻼ ﺠﻤﻠﺘﻴﻥ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ ﻜﻴﻑ
ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻓﻌل ﺫﻟﻙ ..؟
64
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻨﻜﺘﺏ ﺒﺩﺨﻠﻬﺎ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﺩﺨﺎﻟﻬﺎbegin ﺒﺒﺴﺎﻁﻪ ﻨﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ
end; ﺜﻡ ﺍﻨﻬﺎﺌﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ
/ﻤﺜﺎل
Case x of
90..100:
Begin
Writeln('Your good man');
Writeln(' Your mark is A');
Writeln('Have anice day');
End;
80..89:
Begin
Writeln('Thank you very mach');
Writeln('Your mark is B');
End;
0..49:
Begin
Writeln('Im sorry');
Writeln('your maek is F');
End;
Else
Writeln('wrong');
End;
End.
65
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ xﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ، 94ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ
ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ :
Your good man
Your mark is A
Have anice day
ﻭﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ xﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ 60-ﺍﻭ ،،، 70؟؟ ﻻﺤﻅ ﺍﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻨﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ
else
ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻟـ xﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭﻩ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ wrong
66
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ
ﺍﳊﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ
ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﻴﺎﻥ ،ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﲨﻠﻪ )ﻣﺜﻼ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﲰﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﻪ( ﻭﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﺍﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﲨﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﺜﻼ 100ﻣﺮﻩ .
ﺍﻭ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﳎﻬﻮﻝ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﱪﻣﺞ ،ﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻭ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ
ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻪ !
ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻏﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻭﻫﻢ
:
· For ….. To …. do
· While ……. Do
· Repeat …… until
ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ،ﳚﺐ ﺍﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻧﺸﺄﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺑﺪﺍﻳﺘﻪ )ﲨﻠﻪ
. (goto
67
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺠﺫﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ )(Goto
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﺏ ،ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﺩ
ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ .ﻭﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭﺕ ﻤﻜﻭﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻨﻭﺍﻥ ،ﻭﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ،
ﻭﻗﻔﺯﻩ.
ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﻪ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ،ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ labelﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺴﻡ ﻤﺘﺒﻭﻉ ﺒﻨﻘﻁﺘﻴﻥ ) . ( :ﻴﺘﻡ
ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻱ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ،ﻭﺘﺅﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺯﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ goto
ﻤﺘﺒﻭﻋﻪ ﺒﺎﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ .
ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ name) label nameﺘﺭﻤﺯ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ( ﺒﻌﺩ
ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ )ﺍﻱ ﺒﻌﺩ ، (usesﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻨﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻁﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ
ﺼﻨﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ nameﻤﺘﺒﻭﻋﻪ ﺒﻨﻘﻁﺘﻴﻥ ) ، ( :ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻨﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻨﻀﻊ
ﺠﻤﻠﻪ .goto name
ﻤﺜﺎل//
;)Program ex (input, output
;Uses wincrt
;Label wajdy
Var
;X: integer
Begin
; )Read(x
68
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
؛If x>=10 then exit
; if x<10 then goto wajdy
Wajdy: ;)’writeln ('Less Than 10
End.
ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺡ
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻋﻼﻩ ،ﺘﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ labelﺒﺎﺴﻡ ، wajdyﻭﻓﻲ
ﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ،ﻭﻀﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ :ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ xﺍﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻭ
ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ 10ﻓﻘﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺭﻭﺝ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ . exitﺍﻤﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ xﺍﻗل ﻤﻥ
10ﻓﺘﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ ، wajdyﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ ﻤﺘﺒﻭﻋﺎ
ﺒﻨﻘﻁﺘﻴﻥ ﺭﺍﺴﻴﺘﻴﻥ ﻭﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ . less than 10
ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺠﻨﺏ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ goto
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺠﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ Gotoﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻭﻨﻪ
ﺍﻻﺨﻴﺭﻩ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺘﺴﺘﺤﻕ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻜل ﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ .ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ gotoﺍﻟﻰ
ﺍﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻱ ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻜﺘﺒﻬﺎ ،ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻟﻼﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻭ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻑ
ﻟﻘﺩ ﺍﺩﻯ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺩ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺕ Gotoﺍﻟﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻤﺘﺸﺎﺒﻜﻪ
ﻴﺴﺘﺤﻴل ﻗﺭﺍﺀﺘﻬﺎ ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﺒﺎﺴﻡ " ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻻﺴﺒﺎﺠﻴﺘﻲ " )ﻨﻅﺭﺍ ﻟﺘﺸﺎﺒﻜﻬﺎ(
ﻭﻨﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﻅﻥ ﺍﻤﻀﻰ ﻤﻌﻠﻤﻭ ﻋﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻭﺘﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻭﻨﻪ ﺍﻻﺨﻴﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺼﺏ
ﺩﺭﺱ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺘﻼﻤﻴﺫﻫﻡ ،ﺍﻻ ﻭﻫﻭ " ﻻﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ gotoﻤﻬﻤﺎ
ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ " .
69
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻭﻟﺘﺠﻨﺏ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ Gotoﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﺍﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻜﺜﺭ ﺘﻁﻭﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺤﻜﺎﻤﺎ ،ﻤﻥ
ﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ Forﻭ whileﻭ . repeatﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺠﻌل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﺍﻜﺜﺭ
ﺴﻬﻭﻟﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﺴﺘﻴﻌﺎﺒﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺍﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺘﺠﻨﺏ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ Gotoﺒﺼﻔﻪ ﻋﺎﻤﻪ،
ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻻﻭل ::ﺤﻠﻘﻪ :: for
ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ //
For variable := fromwhat to what do
Begin
:
:
;End
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﻗﺒل ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ، forﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ .ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﻥ 1ﺍﻟﻰ 10ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ
ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ، integerﺍﻤﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻑ aﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻑ z
ﻓﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ، charﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ .
ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ variableﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻭﻀﻊ ﻋﻼﻤﻪ ﺍﺴﻨﺎﺩ ) = ( :ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ
ﻨﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻻﺒﺘﺩﺍﺌﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ fromwhatﺜﻡ ﻨﻀﻊ ﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ toﺜﻡ ﻨﻀﻊ
ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ whatﻭﻨﻀﻊ ﺒﻌﺩﻫﺎ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻓﻌل ﺃﻱ . do
70
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻪ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﻩ ،ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻱ
ﻭﻀﻊ Blockﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ . forﺍﻤﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ
ﻨﻀﻊ blockﻟﺤﻘﻠﻪ ) . Forﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ifﻭ ( caseﻭﺴﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل
ﺍﻻﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻪ .
ﻤﺜﻼ ﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍ ﺍﻟﻰ : 10
;)Program loop1 (input,output
;Uses wincrt
;Var I:integer
Begin
For I := 1 to 10 do
;)Writeln(i
End.
ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻤﻥ 1ﺍﻟﻰ
10ﻭﻜل ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻁﺒﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻁﺭ ﻷﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻨﺎ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ writelnﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺍﺭﺩﻨﺎ
ﻁﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﻨﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ writeﻓﻘﻁ .
ﻜﻴﻔﻴﻪ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ) ،،،ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ(
ﺒﻌﺩ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ، beginﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﻤﻥ 1ﺍﻟﻰ ، 10ﻫﺫﺍ
ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺒﻌﺩ doﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻜﺭﺭ 10ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ،ﺍﻱ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ
1ﺜﻡ ﻴﻨﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ،ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ 2ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻨﻔﺫﻫﺎ ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ .ﺩﻋﻨﺎ ﻨﺄﺨﺫﻫﺎ
ﺒﺸﻲﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴل )ﺍﻱ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺭﺍﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ ( .
71
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻭﻻ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ Iﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻻﺒﺘﺩﺍﺌﻴﻪ ﻟﻪ )ﻭﻫﻲ . (1ﺜﻡ ﻴﺘﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻪ
ﻭﻫﻲ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ Iﻭﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ،ﻓﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ
ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ 1ﻭﺍﻨﺯﺍل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ )ﺒﺴﺒﺏ . (writeln
ﺍﻻﻥ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ Iﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ ﻟﻪ )ﻭﻫﻲ (2ﺜﻡ ﻴﻨﺘﻘل ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻪ
)ﻓﻴﻁﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ 2ﻭﻴﻨﺘﻘل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﻻﺴﻔل ( .
ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻥ ﺘﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﺨﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ . 10
ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺘﻨﺎﺯﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻤﻥ 10ﺍﻟﻰ 1ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺸﻜﻠﻪ
ﻜﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
For i:= 10 downto 1 do
;)Writeln(i
ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻪ )ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﻪ( ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩ
ﻤﻁﺒﻭﻋﻪ )ﻜل ﻭﺍﺤﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻁﺭ( ﻤﻥ 10ﺍﻟﻰ . 1
ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﺭﺩﻨﺎ ﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻻﺤﺭﻑ )ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ
.(char
For i:= 'a' to 'z' do
;)' 'Write(I,
ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ;)' ' write(I,ﻫﻰ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻁﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﻌﺩﺍﺩ )ﻟﻠﺤﻠﻘﻪ(
ﻭﻫﻲ aﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﻤﺴﺎﻓﻪ ،ﺍﻻﻥ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﻭﻫﻰ bﻭﺘﺭﻙ
72
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻓﺭﺍﻍ ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ،ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻥ ﻴﺼل ﺍﻟﻰ ) zﻻﺘﻨﺴﻰ ﻜل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺱ
ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ( .
ﻟﻭ ﺍﺭﺩﻨﺎ ﺍﻥ ﻨﻁﺒﻊ ﻤﺴﺎﻓﺘﻴﻥ write(I,' '); //
ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل write(i:2); //
ﻭﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺭﺍﻏﻴﻥ )ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﻓﺭﺍﻍ ﺜﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ (1
ﺜﻡ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺭﺍﻏﻴﻥ )ﻓﺭﺍﻍ ﺜﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻲ (2
ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻥ ﻴﺼل ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺸﺭﻩ ﻭﻴﻁﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺭﺍﻏﻴﻥ ﺍﻴﻀﺎ )ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻍ ﺍﻻﻭل 1
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻍ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ (0
ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﻜﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 //
ﺤﺴﻨﺎ ﻟﻭ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ;) writeln('hallow':10ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻁﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ
ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭﻩ ﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ،ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺸﺭﻩ ﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺭﺒﻌﻪ
ﻓﺎﺭﻏﻪ ﻭﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﻪ . hallow
ﻴﺠﺏ ﻤﻼﺤﻅﻪ ﺍﻻﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻠﻘﻪ : for
.1ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻭل ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺨﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻟﻬﺎ
.2ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻻﺒﺘﺩﺍﺌﻴﻪ ﻫﻲ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﻪ ،ﻓﺎﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ
ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻨﻔﺫ ﻤﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﻩ .
For i:=1 to 1 do
;)'Writeln('wajdy
73
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻫﻲ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻜﻠﻤﻪ wajdyﻤﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ
.3ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﻭ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻻﺒﺘﺩﺍﺌﻴﻪ
ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﻪ ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ Iﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ) integerﻗﺭﺭ ﻫل ﺍﻻﻤﺜﻠﻪ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻪ ﺼﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﺍﻡ ﻻ(
For i:= 1 to 's' do
For i:='a' to 'z' do
For i:=10 to 3 do
For i:=5 downto 10 do
ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻻﻭل :ﺨﺎﻁﺊ
ﻻﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﻪ sﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺍﺩ
ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ :ﺨﺎﻁﺊ
ﻻﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻻﺒﺘﺩﺍﺌﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺍﺩ
ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ :ﺨﺎﻁﺊ
ﻻﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺘﻨﺎﺯﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ dwontoﺒﺩل ﺠﻤﻠﻪ to
ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻊ :ﺨﺎﻁﺊ
ﻻﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺘﺼﺎﻋﺩﻴﻪ ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ toﺒﺩل ﺠﻤﻠﻪ dwonto
74
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
.4ﺠﻤﻠﻪ forﺘﻜﺭﺭ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻠﻴﻬﺎ ،ﻤﺜﻼ
For i:=1 to 10 do
;)'Writeln('wajdy
;)'Writeln('essam
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻫﻭ ﻋﺸﺭﻩ ﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ) wajdyﻜل ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻁﺭ( ﻭﻓﻲ
ﺍﻻﺨﻴﺭ ﻜﻠﻤﻪ . essamﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻘﻁ ،ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﺭﺩﻨﺎ
ﺍﻥ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺍﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻨﺤﺼﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ blockﺃﻱ ﺍﻥ ﻨﻀﻊ begin
ﺜﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭﻫﺎ ،ﺜﻡ ; endﻟﻠﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ،ﺜﻡ end.ﻟﻠﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ .
ﺍﻻﻥ ،ﺩﻋﻨﺎ ﻨﺄﺨﺫ ﻤﺜﺎل //
ﻟﻭ ﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻪ 10ﻤﺭﺍﺕ
ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻫﻲ :ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻻﻭل hallowﻭﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ world؟
;)Program loop2 (input,output
;Uses wincrt
;Var I: integer
Begin
For i:=1 to 10 do
Begin
;)'Writeln('hallow
;)'Writeln('world
;End
End.
75
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﺭﺃﻴﺕ ،ﺍﻻﻥ ﺩﻋﻨﺎ ﻨﺸﺭﺡ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﻪ ﻋﻤل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ )ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﻪ( ﺃﻱ ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ
blockﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﻬﺎ ،ﺃﻱ ﻟﺩﻴﻬﺎ beginﻭ; endﺨﺎﺼﻪ ﺒﻬﺎ.
ﻜل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ //
ﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﻤﺭﻜﺒﻪ begin ، block ،ﻭ ; ، endﻜﺘﻠﻪ
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ Iﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻻﺒﺘﺩﺍﺌﻴﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻫﻲ . 1ﻭﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻨﺘﻘل ﺍﻟﻰ
ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻪ ،ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﺠﺩ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ beginﻭ ;!! end
ﻫﻨﺎ ﺴﻴﻔﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ ﺍﻥ ﻤﺎﺒﻴﻥ beginﻭﺍﻟـ ; endﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻨﻔﺫ ﻜل ﻤﺭﻩ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ
ﺘﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ . I
ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ Iﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ 1ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻁﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ hallowﺜﻡ
ﻴﻨﺘﻘل ﻟﻠﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﻴﻁﺒﻊ worldﺜﻡ ﻴﻨﺘﻘل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﻟﻠﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ .ﻜل ﻫﺫﻩ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ) ( 1ﻓﻘﻁ !!
ﺍﻻﻥ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ Iﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ ،ﻭﺴﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟـ ) blockﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ
ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﻩ ﻓﻴﻪ(.
ﺜﻡ ﺴﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ Iﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﻪ ،ﻭﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟـ . blockﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ
ﺒﻨﺘﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﻪ ). ( 10
76
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ::ﺤﻠﻘﻪ :: while
ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ //
While condition do
begin
:
:
;End
ﻜﻴﻔﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ:
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ، conditionﻫل ﻫﻭ ﻤﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻡ ﻻ ؟
ﺍﺫﺍ ﻨﻌﻡ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﺄﺨﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﻴﻨﻔﺫ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻓﻲ
ﺍﻟـ blockﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺼل ﻟﻠـ ;. end
ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﺭﻩ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ ﻫل ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻡ ﻻ ..؟
ﺍﺫﺍ ﻨﻌﻡ ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻤﺭﻩ ﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟـ . blockﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻥ ﻻ ﻴﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ .
ﺍﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻓﺎﻨﻪ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺭﻭﺝ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ،ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ
; endﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺠﻤل ﺍﻭ ﺍﻭﺍﻤﺭ .
ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻻﺘﻲ //
77
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻻ
ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ
ﻧﻌﻢ
Block ﻧﻔﺬ اﻟـ
ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻪ
// while ﺒﺤﻠﻘﻪ5 ﺍﻟﻰ1 ﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻤﻥ// ﻤﺜﺎل
Program loop3 (input,output);
Uses wincrt;
Var
I:integer;
Begin
I:=1;
While i<6 do
78
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
Begin
;)Writeln(i
;I: =i+1
;End
End.
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ :
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ )ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ Iﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ .( integerﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻭﻀﻊ
ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﺒﺘﺩﺍﺌﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ) Iﻴﺠﺏ ﻭﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ،ﻭﺍﻻ
ﺴﻴﻀﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺭﺍﻀﻴﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ( 0ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ
repeatﻴﺠﺏ ﻭﻀﻊ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﺒﺘﺩﺍﺌﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺴﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺭﺍﻀﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻲ . 0
ﺍﻻﻥ ﺒﺩﺃﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ،ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ، i<6ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ Iﺍﺼﻐﺭ
ﻤﻥ 6ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺨﻭل ﺍﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟـ Blockﺍﻤﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ 6ﺍﻭ ﺍﻜﺒﺭ
ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺭﻭﺝ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺸﻲ )ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟـ blockﻁﺒﻌﺎ (
ﺍﺫﺍ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ )ﺍﻱ Iﺍﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ ( 6ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﺘﻡ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ . Iﻭﺍﻀﺎﻓﻪ
ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ، i:=i+1ﻴﻌﻨﻲ Iﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﻪ ) + (1ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ، 1ﻭﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺘﺨﺯﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ )(2
ﻓﻲ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ . I
ﺍﻻﻥ ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻤﺭﻩ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ ﻫل Iﺍﻟﻠﻰ ﻫﻲ 2ﺍﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ 6؟ ﻨﻌﻡ ،ﺍﺫﺍ
ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻤﺭﻩ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟـ ) blockﻭﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟـ Iﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻩ
ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ (3
79
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻜﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ Iﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ 6ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﺭﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻫل (6) Iﺍﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ .... 6ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺏ ﻻ ﻁﺒﻌﺎ
ﺍﺫﺍ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺭﻭﺝ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ .
ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺎﺕ ::
ﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻏﻠﺏ ﺍﻻﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻥ ﺘﻌﻁﻲ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻟﺩﻴﻙ ﻗﺒل
ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ) whileﻭﺍﻴﻀﺎ ، (repeatﺍﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺭﻴﺩ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻌﻁﻴﻬﺎ
ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺭﺍﻀﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻲ . 0
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﺍﺤﺫﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﺎ) ، ( i:=i+1ﻭﻗﻡ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
ﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺘﻼﺤﻅ ؟ ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﺠﺩ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻫﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻤﻥ 0ﺍﻟﻰ 5
ﻤﻁﺒﻭﻋﻪ ﻜل ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻁﺭ.
ﺍﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻟﻜﻲ ﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻴﻁﺒﻊ ﺍﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻤﻥ 1ﺍﻟﻰ 5ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻥ 0؟
ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺒﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺒﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟـ blockﺃﻱ ﻨﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ
i:=i+1ﺜﻡ ﻨﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ ﻫﻲ ;). writeln(i
ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺒﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺃﻱ ﻴﺼﺒﺢ while i<5 do
ﻗﻡ ﺒﺘﺠﺭﻴﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺤﻅﻪ ،ﻟﻜﻲ ﺘﻔﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺠﻴﺩ ...
ﺍﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﺘﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟـ i:=i+1 // Blockﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ
ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ 1) Iﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﻨﺕ ﻗﺩ ﺍﺴﻨﺩﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ Iﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻗﺒل ﺒﺩﺀ
ﺤﻠﻘﻪ ، whileﻭ 0ﺍﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺴﻨﺩ )ﺍﻭ ﺘﻌﻁﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ( (
ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻨﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺕ .
80
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ::ﺤﻠﻘﻪ :: Repeat
ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ //
Repeat
:
:
Until condition
ﻜﻴﻔﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ:
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ ﺒﺩﺨﻭل ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ repeatﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﺒﺩﺍﺨﻠﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺼل ﺍﻟﻰ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ untilﻓﻴﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﻟﻴﺴﺄل ﻫل ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻤﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻡ ﻻ؟؟
ﺍﺫﺍ ﻨﻌﻡ ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺭﻭﺝ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ !
ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻻ )ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﺤﻘﻕ( ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺩﺨﻭل ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﻤﺭﻩ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ ﻭﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ
ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ...ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ،ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ .
ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺤﻅﻪ ﺍﻥ ﺤﻠﻘﻪ repeatﻻ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻰ beginﻭﻻ ;end
ﻭﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ //
81
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
اﻟﺪﺧﻮل اﻟﻰ اﻟﺤﻠﻘﮫ وﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻻواﻣﺮ
ﺗﺤﻘﻖ اﻟﺸﺮط ﻻ
ﻧﻌﻢ
اﻻواﻣﺮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﮫ
// repeat ﺒﺤﻠﻘﻪ5 ﺍﻟﻰ1 ﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻤﻥ//ﻤﺜﺎل
Program loop3 (input,output);
Uses wincrt;
Var
I:integer;
82
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
Begin
;I:=1
repeat
;)Writeln(i
;I:=i+1
Until i>5
End.
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ) ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ( integerﺘﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﺒﺘﺩﺍﺌﻴﻪ
ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ Iﻭﻫﻲ . (I:=1)1ﺒﺩﺃﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ، repeatﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ
repeatﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺃﻱ ﻜﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻻﺘﻴﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ Untilﻴﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻭﻫﻭ I
ﺍﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ 5ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻓﺎﺨﺭﺝ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ .
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﺴﻴﺠﺩ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ) Iﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ 1ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ
ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻗﺒل ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ(.
ﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺴﻴﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ ، I:=i+1ﻭﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ "ﺍﻱ ﻗﻡ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﻩ 1ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ I
)ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ، ( 1ﻭﻗﻡ ﺒﺘﻌﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ . " I
ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ Iﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﻪ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ . 2
ﺍﻻﻥ ﺴﻴﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ، untilﻭﻴﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ .ﻫل 2ﺍﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ 5؟ ﺍﺫﺍ
ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺏ ﻨﻌﻡ ﻓﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺭﻭﺝ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ .ﺍﻤﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻻ )ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ
ﺍﻻﻥ( ﻓﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﺭﺠﻊ ﻤﺭﻩ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ.
ﻓﻴﻁﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ) Iﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ، ( 2ﻭﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺯﻴﺎﺩﻩ 1ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻭﻴﺼﺒﺢ .3
ﻭﺍﻻﻥ ﻴﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ..ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ
83
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ Iﻫﻲ ، 5ﻓﻴﻁﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ، 5ﺜﻡ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ
)ﺃﻱ ﺴﺘﺼﺒﺢ (6ﻭﺍﻻﻥ ﻴﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻫل 6ﺍﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ 5؟؟
ﻨﻌﻡ ،ﺍﺫﺍ ﺴﻴﺨﺭﺝ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ .
ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻻﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ 1ﺍﻟﻰ 5ﻤﻁﺒﻭﻋﻪ ﻜل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻁﺭ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺤﻅﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻨﻁﺒﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ whileﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﺘﻨﻁﺒﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ،repeatﻗﻡ ﺒﻔﻬﻤﻬﺎ
ﺍﻻﻥ ،ﻭﻗﻡ ﺒﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ .
ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ whileﻭﺠﻤﻠﻪ repeatﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻤﺎ
ﻻﻨﻬﺎﻴﻪ ﻤﺜﻼ/
While 2<4 do
;)' Writeln('wajdy
2ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ﺍﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ ! 4ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﻪ .
Repeat
;)'Writeln('wajdy
Until 3>5
ﻜﺭﺭ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺼﺒﺢ 3ﺍﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ !! 5ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ
ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺼﺒﺢ 3ﺍﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ) 5ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻻﻨﻬﺎﻴﻪ (.
84
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺩﺨﻠﻪ Nested Loops ::
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻏﻠﺏ ﺍﻻﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﻨﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﺎﺕ ،ﺃﻱ ﺤﻠﻘﻪ For
ﺒﺩﺍﺨل ﺤﻠﻘﻪ forﺍﺨﺭﻯ while ،ﺒﺩﺍﺨل ، whileﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﺜﻼ
repeatﺒﺩﺍﺨﻠﻬﺎ ﺤﻠﻘﻪ ، forﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ .
ﻜل ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻻﻤﻭﺭ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ،ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭ
ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﻤﺞ ،ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﻨﺠﺩ ﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺍﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ 3ﻁﺭﻕ ﻟﺤﻠﻪ
ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻻ ﺘﺤﺎﻭل ﺤﻔﻅ ﺃﻱ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻭﺍﻨﻤﺎ ﺤﺎﻭل ﺘﻔﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ،ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ
ﺴﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺘﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﻪ .
ﻤﺜﺎل //ﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺤﻠﻘﻪ ،ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ::
Repeat ….
:
For ….. do
Begin
:
;End
:
Until ……….
ﻟﻠﺨﺭﻭﺝ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ::
ﻨﻜﺘﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻤﺭ exit ::
85
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
If i>3 then exit;
:ﻤﺜﺎل
Begin
For i:= 1 to 10 do
Begin
Writeln(i);
If i=5 then exit ;
End;
Writeln('Done');
End.
!! ﻓﻘﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺭﻭﺝ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ5 I ﺃﻱ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻭﺼﻠﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ
: ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ
1
2
3
4
5
Done
86
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻤﺜﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺩﺍﺨﻠﻪ ///
ﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻻﺘﻲ :
*
* *
** *
****
;)Program loop4 (input,output
;Uses wincrt
Var
;I,j:integer
Begin
For i:= 1 to 4 do
Begin
For j:= 1 to I do
;)' * '(Write
;Writeln
;End
End.
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ::
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻌﻤل ﺤﻠﻘﺘﻴﻥ )ﻭﺍﺤﺩﻩ ﺒﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﺨﺭﻯ( ،ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻁﺒﻊ ﺍﺭﺒﻊ
ﺍﺴﻁﺭ )ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ( ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻻﻭل ﻴﻁﺒﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻨﺠﻤﻪ ﺜﻡ ﻴﻨﺘﻘل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺸﺭ
ﻟﻼﺴﻔل ،ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﺒﻪ ﻨﺠﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﻴﻨﺘﻘل ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ )ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ( ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ 3ﺒﻪ ﺜﻼﺜﻪ ﻨﺠﻤﺎﺕ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ 4ﺒﻪ ﺍﺭﺒﻊ ﻨﺠﻤﺎﺕ .
87
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺩﻋﻨﺎ ﻨﺒﺩﺃ ﺨﻁﻭﻩ ﺒﺨﻁﻭﻩ !!
ﺍﻭﻻ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ Iﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ 1ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟـ . Block
ﺍﻟـ blockﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺒﻪ ﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ )ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﻪ( ،ﺍﻱ ﺴﺘﻨﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻜﺎﻤﻠﻪ
ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺄﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ . 1ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺄﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ 2
ﺴﺘﻨﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻜﺎﻤﻠﻪ ﻤﺭﻩ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ .ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﺘﺎﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﻪ
ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻤﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺘﻨﻔﺫ ﻜﺎﻤﻠﻪ .
ﺍﻻﻥ ﺍﺨﺫ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ )ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﻪ( ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ) 1ﺍﻱ Iﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ 1ﺍﻻﻥ(.
ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ 1ﺍﻟﻰ ) Iﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻰ (1ﺃﻱ ﺴﺘﻜﺭﺭ ﻤﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻪ
ﻭﻫﻲ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻨﺠﻤﻪ ،ﺍﻻﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﺫ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ . writeln
ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ Iﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ 1
ﺍﻻﻥ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﻪ Iﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ، 2ﺴﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻤﺎ
ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟـ block
ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ 1ﺍﻟﻰ ) Iﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻲ (2ﺃﻱ ﺴﺘﻜﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﻤﺭﺘﺎﻥ ،
ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻩ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻨﻁﺒﻊ * ،ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ * )ﺃﻱ ﻨﺠﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ(
ﺜﻡ ﺘﻨﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ writelnﻭﻴﻨﺘﻘل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﻟﻠﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ،ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ !!
88
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ
ﺍﻻﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ
procedure &Function
89
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻜﻠﻨﺎ ﻨﻌﻠﻡ ﺍﻥ ﻟﻐﻪ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﻟﻐﻪ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﻴﻪ structured languageﻫﺫﺍ
ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺘﻘﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺼﻐﻴﺭﻩ ،ﻭﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻜﺘﺏ ﺒﺸﻜل
ﻤﺭﺘﺏ ،ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﻘﻭﺩﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺭﺍﻨﺎﺕ .
ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺭﺍﻨﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻤﻨﻔﺼﻠﻪ ﻟﻬﺎ Block
ﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﻱ ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ beginﻭ ;. end
ﻭﻫﻲ ﻤﻔﻴﺩﻩ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻗﺴﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻋﻤﺎل ﻤﻌﻴﻨﻪ
ﻓﻲ ﺍﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﻤﺘﻔﺭﻗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ !!
ﺩﻋﻨﺎ ﻨﻠﻘﻲ ﻨﻅﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ//
; Procedure procename
Begin
:
:
;End
Begin
:
End.
ﻜﻤﺎ ﺸﺎﻫﺩﻨﺎ ،ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻗﺒل ﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ )ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺭﺍﻨﺎﺕ ﺴﻭﻑ
ﺍﺘﻨﺎﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻻﺤﻘﺎ( ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ procenameﻴﺘﻡ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﺭﻴﺩﻩ !!
90
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
:: ﻓﻜﺭﻩ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ
ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ، ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻨﺭﻴﺩ
!! ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﺴﻤﻪ ﻓﻘﻁ
// ﻤﺜﺎل ﻟﻼﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ
Program example (input, output);
Uses wincrt;
Procedure pause;
Begin
Writeln ('press any key to continuo ');
Readln;
End;
Begin
Writeln (‘my name is wajdy essam ');
Pause;
Writeln ('I like Pascal Language ');
Pause;
Writeln ('good luck !! ');
Pause;
End.
91
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ //
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ ،ﻭﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻨﺘﻅﺎﺭ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻥ ﻴﺩﺨل ﺃﻱ ﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ .Readln
ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﺒﺩﺃﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ،ﻁﺒﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ ،ﻭﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺀ
ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ . pause
ﺍﻻﻥ ﺴﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ )ﺃﻱ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻨﺘﻅﺎﺭ ﺍﺩﺨﺎل ﺃﻱ ﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻤﻥ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺨﺩﻡ( .ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﻪ ،ﻜل ﻤﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻤﺭ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺀ
ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ !!!
ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺴﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ :
;)Program example (input, output
;Uses wincrt
Begin
;)' Writeln (‘my name is wajdy essam
;)' Writeln ('press any key to continuo
;Readln
;)' Writeln ('I like Pascal Language
;)' Writeln ('press any key to continuo
;Readln
;)' !! Writeln ('good luck
;)' Writeln ('press any key to continuo
;Readln
End.
92
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻻﻥ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻻﻓﻀل ؟ ﺍﻜﻴﺩ ﺍﻻﻭل ،ﺍﻭﻀﺢ ﻭﺍﺴﻬل ﻟﻠﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ،ﺃﻟﻴﺱ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ!! ،
ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺭﺍﻨﺎﺕ ﺘﺠﻌل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺴﻬل ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﻭﺴﻬل ﺍﻟﺘﺘﺒﻊ
ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻬل ﺍﻜﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﻭﺘﺼﻠﻴﺤﻬﺎ.
ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺨﺎﺼﻪ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺘﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﻪ local
variableﻭﻫﻲ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﻪ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ )ﺃﻱ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ( .
ﻤﺜﺎل//
;Procedure wajdy
Var
;a: integer
Begin
; a:=10
;)Writeln (a
;End
Begin
;wajdy
}ﻫﻨﺎ ﺨﻁﺄ ،،ﻻﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻌﺭﻑ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ { ;a:= 20
End.
ﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ، wajdyﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ aﺨﺎﻁﺊ ،ﻻﻨﻪ ﻤﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻨﻪ
ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﻠﻰ ،ﺃﻱ ﺨﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻓﻘﻁ !!
93
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻪ global variableﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﻪ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺭﺍﻨﺎﺕ .
Var
;B: integer
;Procedure wajdy
Var
;A: integer
Begin
;A: = 10
;B: =64 }{this is legal
;)Writeln (a
;End
Begin
;Wajdy
;A: = 20 }{this is illegal
;B: = 50 }{this is legal
End.
ﻜﻤﺎ ﻨﺭﻯ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻐﻴﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ،ﺍﻤﺎ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﻓﻼ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻓﻘﻁ !!
ﺍﻤﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺒﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻻﺴﻡ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺴﻴﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ
overridedﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻰ ،ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻻﺘﻲ //
94
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
Program ex2 (input, output);
Uses wincrt;
Var
A: integer;
Procedure wajdy;
Var
A: integer;
Begin
A: =10;
Writeln (a);
End;
Begin
A: =50;
Writeln (a);
Wajdy;
Writeln (a);
End.
: ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻫﻭ
50
10
50
: Parameters ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌﻁ
ﻴﺠﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻥ، ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻨﺭﻴﺩ ﻗﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ
95
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻨﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌﻁ ، psrsmetersﻭﻫﻲ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻴﺯﻭﺩ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ
ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻲ ﻻﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺘﻪ .
ﻜﻴﻔﻴﻪ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌﻁ
ﺍﻭﻻ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ،ﻨﻘﻭﻡ )ﺒﻌﺩ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ( ﺒﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﻭﺱ
ﻭﻨﻀﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ،ﺜﻡ ﺘﻘﻁﺘﻴﻥ ) ( :ﺜﻡ ﻨﻀﻊ ﻨﻭﻉ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ .
ﻭﺘﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ "ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﻪ" . formal variables
ﺍﻻﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ،ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﻭﺱ ﻭﻨﻘﻭﻡ
ﺒﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻤﺘﺸﺎﺒﻬﻪ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﻪ )ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻜﺘﺎﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﺴﻡ
ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﻩ( .ﻭﺘﺴﻤﻰ ﺒﺎل"ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﻪ" . Actual Variables
ﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﻤﺘﺸﺎﺒﻬﻪ ﺘﻌﻨﻲ "ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﻪ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﻤﺴﺎﻭ ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﻪ ،ﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﻪ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻔﺱ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﻪ "
ﻭﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻫﺫﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁﻴﻥ ﻟﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ .
ﻜﻤﺎ ﺫﻜﺭﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﻪ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ )ﻤﺘﺒﻭﻋﻪ ﺒﻨﻭﻋﻪ( .ﺍﻤﺎ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ )ﺍﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ . ( var
ﻤﺜﺎل ﺒﺴﻴﻁ :
;)Program ex ( I, o
;Uses wincrt
;)Procedure w (a, b: integer
96
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
Var
;X: integer
Begin
;)Read (a, b
;X: =a+b
;)Write(x
;End
Var
;no1, no2: integer
Begin
;)W (no1, no2
End.
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
ﺘﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﻴﻥ ﺸﻜﻠﻴﻴﻥ a,bﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ w
ﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﻪ ،ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﺘﻡ
ﺍﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ Wﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌﻁ )ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﻪ( .
ﻻﺤﻅ ﺘﺸﺎﺒﻪ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻨﻭﻉ ﻭﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﻪ .
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺭﻴﺭ passes
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺭﻴﺭ ،ﻭﻟﻜل ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ،ﺩﻋﻨﺎ ﻨﺭﻯ ﺒﻌﺽ
ﺍﻻﻤﺜﻠﻪ :
;)Procedure foo (a: byte
Begin
97
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
;)Writeln (a }{15
;a:=10
;)Writeln (a }{10
;End
Var
;x: byte
Begin
;x: =15
}Writeln(x); {15
;)Foo(x
}Writeln(x); {Still 15
End.
ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ
15
15
10
15
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ x=15ﺜﻡ ﻤﺭﺭ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ، aﻭﺘﻡ ﺘﻐﻴﺭ . aﻭﺘﻡ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ
، 10ﺜﻡ ﺘﻡ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ) xﻻﺤﻅ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ xﺒﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ aﻓﻲ
ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ( .
ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺭﻴﺭ ﻴﺴﻤﻰ " ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺭﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ" pass by value
98
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
:ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ
Procedure foo (var a: byte); {See the difference?}
Begin
Writeln (a); {15}
a: =10;
Writeln (a); {10}
End;
Var
x : byte;
Begin
x: =15;
Writeln(x); {15}
Foo(x);
Writeln(x); {10}
End.
ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ
15
15
10
10
ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺡ
ﺴﻭﻑx ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ، parameters ﺍﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌﻁvar ﺍﺫﺍ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻀﺎﻓﻪ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ
. a ﺘﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺘﻐﻴﺭﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ
99
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺭﻴﺭ ﻴﺴﻤﻰ " ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺭﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻻﺸﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ" pass By
. Reference
ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻨﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺭﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻥ ﻨﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌﻁ
ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ .
ﺍﻤﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌﻁ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ،ﻨﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺭﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻻﺸﺎﺭﻩ .
ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺭﺍﻨﺎﺕ :functions
ﺘﺘﺸﺎﺒﻪ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺍ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ،ﺍﻻ ﺍﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺈﺭﺠﺎﻉ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﻪ
)ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺭﺍﻥ( ،ﺍﻱ ﻴﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﻪ .ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﻪ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻭﻴﺠﺏ
ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﻨﻭﻋﻬﺎ ﺒﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﻪ ،ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻭﺴﺎﺌﻁ ﻓﺈﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻜﺘﺏ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﺴﻡ
ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﻪ )ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺕ ( ﺜﻡ ) ( :ﺜﻡ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌﻁ .ﺒﻌﺩﻫﺎ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﻨﻭﻉ
ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﻪ .
ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻬﺎ //
;Function funcname (parameters): returntype
Begin
:
:
;End
Begin
:
End.
100
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺭﺍﻨﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ﺘﻘﻊ ﻗﺒل ﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ )ﻤﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﻤﺜل
ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ(.
ﻨﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﻪ
ﻴﺘﻡ ﻨﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﻪ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺘﻴﻥ :
ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ،ﺍﻱ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ )ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻪ(
ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻥ ، xﺒﻌﺩﻫﺎ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻨﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل :
;X: = functionname
ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ،ﺤﻴﺙ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺫﻜﺭﻨﺎ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﻪ
ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ،ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺩﺍﺀ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل :
;)Write (functionname
ﻤﺜﺎل:
;)Program ex (input, output
;Uses wincrt
;Function w (a, b: integer): integer
Begin
; )Read (a, b
;W: = a+b
;End
Var
;no1, no2: integer
101
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
Begin
;))Write (w (no1, no2
End.
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ :
ﺘﻡ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﻪ wﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺘﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﻭﺴﻴﻁﻴﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﻪ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ
ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﻋﺩﺩﻴﻥ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﺠﻤﻌﻬﻤﺎ .
ﺍﻻﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﻪ ،ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﻪ
)ﻜﻤﺎ ﺫﻜﺭﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﻪ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ( .
ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﻪ ،ﻓﻬﻰ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ .
ﻤﺜﺎل //ﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺭﻭﺏ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﻪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺭﺍﻨﺎﺕ :
;)Program factorial (input, output
;Uses wincrt
;Function fact (n: integer): integer
Var
;I,f:integer
Begin
;F: =1
For i: = 1 to n do
;F: =f*I
;Fact: =f
;End
102
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
Var
X: integer;
Begin
Write ('please enter any number: ');
Readln(x);
Writeln (x,' ! is ',fact(x) );
End.
ﺍﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻭل ﻭﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ
ﺒﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ، ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﺨﺭ
. ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﻭل، ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺍﺴﺘﺩﻋﻰ ﻤﻨﻪ
Procedure a;
Begin
:
End;
Procedure b;
Begin
A; {legal}
End;
Begin
:
End.
103
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻴﺠﻭﺯ Legalﺍﻥ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ Bﺒﺎﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ، Aﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ
ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ aﺒﺎﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ، bﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﺨﺎﻁﺊ . illegal
ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺩﺍﻟﻪ ،ﺍﻭ ﺍﻥ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﻪ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺀ
ﺍﺠﺭﺍﺀ ،ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍل ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ،ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ،ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ
ﺍﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺌﻬﺎ .ﻤﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ .
ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺩﺍﺨﻠﻪ
ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭﻴﻪ ،ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﺘﺼﺒﺢ
ﻤﺘﺩﺍﺨﻠﻪ
}Procedure e; {e cannot access a, b, c, and d
Begin
:
;End
;Procedure a
;Procedure b
Begin
}c; {illegal
}e; {legal
;End
;Procedure c
Begin
104
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
b; {legal}
e; {legal}
End;
Begin
:
b; {legal}
c; {legal}
e; {legal}
End;
Procedure d;
Begin
:
b; {illegal}
c; {illegal}
a; {legal}
e; {legal}
End;
Begin
:
b; {illegal}
c; {illegal}
a; {legal}
d; {legal}
105
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
}e; {legal
End.
ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ cﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﺩﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ، bﻻﻥ cﻴﺄﺘﻲ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ . b
ﺍﻤﺎ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ bﻓﻼ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﺩﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ cﻻﻥ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ cﻴﺄﺘﻲ ﺒﻌﺩ
ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ .b
ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ aﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺠﺭﺌﻴﻥ bﻭ cﻭﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ blockﺍﻴﻀﺎ
ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﺩﻋﻰ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺌﻴﻥ bﻭ . c
ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺌﻴﻥ bﻭ ، cﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺌﻬﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ، dﻭﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ . main block
ﺍﺫﺍﹰ :ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺩﺍﺨﻠﻪ ،ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺌﻬﺎ ﺍﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻬﺎ ،ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ
ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺌﻴﻥ bﻭ. c
ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻲ
;Procedure a
Begin
;A
;End
Begin
;A
End.
106
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺒﺎﻻﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭﻱ . RECURSIVE CALLS ،
ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﺸﺒﻪ ﺤﻠﻘﻪ repeat .. Until
ﺩﻋﻨﺎ ﻨﺄﺨﺫ ﻤﺜﺎﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ :
;Procedure m
Var
;N: integer
Begin
;)Readln (n
;If n<=100 then m
;End
Begin
;)‘ Writrln (‘please enter any number:
;M
End.
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ،ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ nﺍﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ 100ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﺘﻡ
ﺍﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ) mﺍﻱ ﺍﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ( ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ .ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻥ ﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ n
ﺍﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ 100ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻨﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ .
ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻁﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﻪ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻨﻀﻊ ﺸﺭﻁ ﻤﺎ ،ﻭﺍﻻ
ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻨﻬﺎﺌﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺕ ،ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻻ ﺘﻨﺴﻰ
ﻭﻀﻊ ﺸﺭﻁ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻭﺝ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ )ﻤﺜﻼ( .
107
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ
ﺍﳌﺼﻔﻮﻓﺎﺕ
ﰲ ﺍﻻﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ،ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﺜﲔ
،ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ
ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﻼ 20ﻣﺘﻐﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﺮﰲ !! ﻫﻞ ﺳﺘﻌﻠﻦ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ
ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ..ﺍﻡ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ !
ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺼﻮﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﻔﻮﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﻪ
ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ
ﺍﻳﻀﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﻮﻓﺎﺕ )ﺍﻟﺴﻼﺳﻞ( ﺍﳊﺮﻓﻴﻪ . string
108
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ
ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ arrayﻫﻲ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺘﺨﺯﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺸﺘﻤل ﻜل
ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻔﺱ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ .ﻭﻜل ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻴﺴﻤﻰ "ﻋﻨﺼﺭ" ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ
ﻭﻜل ﻤﻭﻗﻊ )ﻋﻨﺼﺭ( ﻟﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﻪ .
ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ
ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ،ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل :
Var
; Arrayname: array [x..y] of type
:Typeﻫﻲ ﺍﺤﺩ ﺍﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ .
ﻤﺜﺎل //
Var
;X:array [1..10] of integer
;Data:array[5..25] of char
ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﺒﺄﻱ ﺍﺴﻡ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﺭﻴﺩ ،ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ
ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻤﺤﻠﻲ .
ﻟﻨﻔﺘﺭﺽ ﺍﻥ ﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎ ﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ ﻤﻜﻭﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ 30ﻋﻨﺼﺭ
Var
;X:array [1..30] of integer
109
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﻟﻜل ﻋﻨﺼﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﻪ ،ﻻﺩﺨﺎل ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻰ
ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻤﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ،ﺍﻭ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻻﺩﺨﺎل .ﻜﻤﺎ ﺴﻴﺄﺘﻲ
ﺒﻌﺩ ﻗﻠﻴل .
ﻻﺩﺨﺎل ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ :
; X[1]:=10
;X[2]:= 30
:
;X[30]:=5
ﺍﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻻﻭل ﺍﺼﺒﺢ ﻟﺩﻴﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻭﻫﻲ ، 10ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ 30
ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ..
ﻤﺜﺎل//
Var
;X:array [1..10] of integer
Begin
;X[1]:= 3
;X[5]:= 2
;)]Writeln(x[1]*x[5
;)]Writeln(x[1
End.
110
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ xﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ ﻟﻬﺎ 10ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ
ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻻﻭل ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻤﻪ ) 3ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ
ﺍﻨﻨﺎ ﻋﺭﻓﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ( .
ﻭﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ 5ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻤﻪ . 2
ﺍﻻﻥ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ )ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ( ﻭﻫﻲ ﺤﺎﺼل
ﻀﺭﺏ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻻﻭل ﻓﻲ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ )ﺍﻱ . (3*2
ﺍﺨﻴﺭﺍ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻻﻭل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ .
) ﻻﺤﻅ ﺍﻥ ﻗﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ ﻻ ﺘﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﺒﺩﺍﹶ ،ﺇﻻ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻋﻁﺎﺌﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﻩ
ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺩﺨﺎل ﻗﻴﻤﻪ (.
ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ
6
3
ﻻﺩﺨﺎل ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻻﺩﺨﺎل ::
ﺒﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺜﻼﺜﻴﻥ 30ﻋﻨﺼﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ ،ﻭﻨﺭﻴﺩ ﻗﺭﺍﺌﺘﻬﻡ ﺠﻤﻴﻌﺎ ،ﻓﺈﻨﻪ
ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻤﻀﻴﻌﻪ ﻟﻠﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻥ ﻨﻘﺭﺃ ﻋﻨﺼﺭ ﻋﻨﺼﺭ ﻫﻜﺫﺍ :
;)]Read(x[1
;)]Read(x[2
:
;)]Read(x[30
111
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
!!ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﺠﺏ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻁﺭﻴﻥ ﻓﻘﻁ
.. ﺩﻋﻨﺎ ﻨﺭﻯ ﺫﻟﻙ
For i:= 1 to 30 do
Readln(x[i]);
ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ. ( integer ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉi )ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ، ﺃﺭﺃﻴﺕ
. x30 ﺍﻟﻰ... x3 ﻭx2 ﻭx1 ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ
؟؟. ﺜﻡ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻁﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻜﺱ، ﺍﺤﺭﻑ10 ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻴﻘﺭﺃ//ﻤﺜﺎل
Program ex4 (input,output);
Uses wincrt;
Var
I:integer;
X:array [1..10] of char;
Begin
For i:= 1 to 10 do
Read(x[i]);
For i:=10 dwonto 1 do
Write(x[i]);
End.
112
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ //
ﻗﻤﻨﺎ )ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ،ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ،ﻭﺍﻻﺨﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ (
ﺒﻌﻤل ﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ ﻤﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ 10ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ .
ﻜل ﻋﻨﺼﺭ ﻟﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﻜل ﻋﻨﺼﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺤﻠﻘﻪ
Forﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ .
ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺸﺭ ﺜﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ )ﺃﻱ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻜﺱ(
ﻻﺤﻅ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ، downtoﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ..
ﻤﺘﻰ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ؟
ﻟﻨﻔﺘﺭﺽ ﺍﻥ ﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎ ﻗﺎﺌﻤﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﻨﻔﺘﺭﺽ ، 10ﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜل //
Var
Name1,nam2,name3,name4,name5,name6,name7,
; name8,name9,name10:string
ﺍﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻜﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ :
Var
;name:array[1..10] of string
ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺌﻴﻪ ﺍﻻﺒﻌﺎﺩ :two-dimensional array
ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل //
Var
113
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
; X:array[1..10 , 1..5] of byte
ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺩﺨﺎل ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﻜﺫﺍ :
;x[5,2]:= 20
ﺍﻱ ﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ،ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ . 20
ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﻴﻪ ﺍﻻﺒﻌﺎﺩ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺒﺎﻋﻴﻪ ،ﺍﻟﻰ 100ﺒﻌﺩ .
ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺒﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ !!
ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺠﻪ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﺴﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺤﻠﻘﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ
ﻟﻠﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻭل ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﺜﺎﻨﻲ ،ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﻪ ﺍﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺴﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻰ
ﺜﻼﺙ ﺤﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﻤﺘﺩﺍﺨﻠﻪ !! )ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﻨﺕ ﺘﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﺩﺨﺎل ﻗﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ ﻋﻥ
ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻻﺩﺨﺎل readlnﻭ .( read
ﻤﺜﺎل //ﺍﻜﺘﺏ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻟﻀﺭﺏ ﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﺘﻴﻥ ﻤﺭﺒﻌﺘﻴﻥ ؟!!
;)Program example (input,output
;Uses wincrt
Var
;I,j,sum:integer
;X,a,b:array [1..3,1..3] of integer
Begin
For i:= 1 to 3 do
Begin
114
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
For j:=1 to 3 do
Read(a[I,j]);
End;
For i:= 1 to 3 do
Begin
For j:=1 to 3 do
Read(b[I,j]);
End;
sum:=0;
for i:=1 to 3 do
begin
for j:= 1 to 3 do
x[I,j]:=sum + ( (a[I,j]) * (b[I,j]) ) ;
end;
for i:= 1 to 3 do
begin
for j:= 1 to 3 do
writeln(x[I,j]);
end;
end.
115
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
ﺍﻭﻻ ﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺘﻌﻨﻲ ﻤﺼﻭﻓﻪ ﻤﺭﺒﻌﻪ ؟؟ ﺍﻱ ﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺒﻌﺩﻴﻥ ..ﺍﻱ ﺍﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺘﻜﻭﻥ
ﻤﻥ ﺒﻌﺩﻴﻥ )ﺍﻨﺘﺒﻪ ﺠﻴﺩﺍ (
ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩﻴﻥ "ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺤﻠﻘﺘﻴﻥ ﻤﺘﺩﺍﺨﻠﺘﻴﻥ" ﻟﻴﺘﻡ
ﻗﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻭل ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ .
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻭل ﻫﻭ Iﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻫﻭ . j
ﺍﻻﻥ ،ﺩﻋﻨﺎ ﻨﺒﺩﺃ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟـ beginﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ :
For i:= 1 to 3 do
Begin
For j:=1 to 3 do
;)]Read(a[I,j
;End
ﻫﻨﺎ ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﻗﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ aﻜﺎﻤﻠﻪ )ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻭل ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ( .
For i:= 1 to 3 do
Begin
For j:=1 to 3 do
;)]Read(b[I,j
;End
ﻫﻨﺎ ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﻗﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ bﻜﺎﻤﻠﻪ )ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻭل ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ( .
116
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
; sum:=0ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺨﺯﻥ ،ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺠﻤﻊ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻀﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻭﻓﻪ ﺍﻻﻭل
ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ ،ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺨﺯﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺼﻭﻓﻪ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ ﺜﺎﻟﺜﻪ . x
for i:=1 to 3 do
begin
for j:= 1 to 3 do
; ) )]x[I,j]:=sum + ( (a[I,j]) * (b[I,j
;End
ﺍﻻﻥ ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﻀﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻭﻓﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ aﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ bﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺨﺯﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ
ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻭﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﻪ . x
for i:= 1 to 3 do
begin
for j:= 1 to 3 do
;)]writeln(x[I,j
;end
ﺍﻻﻥ ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﻪ . x
117
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﺴل ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﻪ:
ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﻪ ﻫﻲ ﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺤﺭﻑ ، charﻟﻨﻔﺘﺭﺽ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ
sﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ، stringﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻻﻭل ] s[1ﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻑ ﺍﻻﻭل ،ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ] s[2ﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ..ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ .
;)Program example (input,output
;uses wincrt
var
;s : string
begin
;'s:='Hello, dear
;)writeln(s
}s[1]:='J'; {Replace the first character with J
}s[5]:='y'; {Replace the fifth character with y
}writeln(s); {Jelly, dear
;) )]writeln('The length of s is ',ord(s[0
end.
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ sﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻨﺼﻴﻪ ، stringﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺈﺴﻨﺎﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ) Hello, dearﻻﺤﻅ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭ ،ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﺴﻨﺎﺩ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ stringﻭﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ، charﻴﺠﺏ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺴﻴﻥ
ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭﻴﻥ(.
ﺜﻡ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ) sﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ( Hello, dearﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ
). writeln(s
118
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻻﻥ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﻩ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻻﻭل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ
' s[1]:='Jﺍﻱ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺒﺩﺍل ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻑ ﺍﻻﻭل Hﺒﺎﻟﺤﺭﻑ . j
ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﻩ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﻪ ،ﻭﺫﻟﻙ
ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ ' ، s[5]:='yﺍﻱ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺒﺩﺍل ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ oﺒﺎﻟﺤﺭﻑ . y
ﺍﻻﻥ ﻗﻡ ﺒﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ) sﺒﻌﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﻨﺎﺩ ( ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ )writeln(s
ﺍﻻﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻻﺨﻴﺭ ،ﻫﻲ ﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ )ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ( ،
ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻨﺹ ﻭﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ )ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﻔﺎﺼﻠﻪ(.
ﺍﻟﻨﺹ ﻫﻭ . The length of s is
ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻫﻲ )] . ord(s[0ﻭﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ "ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﻪ" .
ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﻟﻪ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ،ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﻥ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺭﺝ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﻭل ﺒﻜل ﻴﺴﺭ ،
ﻭﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻗﻠﻴل .
ﺍﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﻪ ﻟﻠـ ، ordﻓﻠﻪ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺸﺭﺤﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻤﻪ
ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴل .
ﻋﺎﺩﻩ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﻪ ﺘﺄﺨﺫ 80ﺤﺭﻑ ﻜﺤﺩ ﺍﻗﺼﻰ ،ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﻨﺕ ﺘﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ
ﻋﻥ ﺴﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻨﺼﻴﻪ ﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﺤﺩﻭﺩ 10ﺍﺤﺭﻑ ﻤﺜﻼ ،ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻭﺴﻴﻠﻪ ﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ
ﺍﻻﺤﺭﻑ .ﻻﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻴﻪ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺘﺒﺫﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺤﻪ
.
Var
;]S:string[10
119
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﺴل ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﻪ
/1ﺍﻻﻤﺭ length
ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻻﺴﺘﺨﺭﺍﺝ ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﻪ )ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻻﻭل ( ord(s[0]) ،ﻭﻟﻬﻤﺎ
ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﻪ .
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻪ length(s) :
)ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ sﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ، stringﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻪ (.
;)’S:= (‘wajdy essam
;)N:= length(s
;)Writeln(n
ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ 11 :
/2ﺍﻻﻤﺭ Copy
ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻭﻑ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺤﺩﺩ ، fromﻭﻜﻡ ﺤﺭﻑ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ
. howmuch
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻪ copy(s,from,howmuch) :
;)’S:= ‘(wajdy essam
;)N:= copy(s,7,3
;)Writeln(n
ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ،ﻗﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺩﺀ ﺒﻌﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻑ ، 7ﻭﺍﻨﺴﺦ 3ﻓﻘﻁ .
ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ess :
120
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ fromﺍﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﻪ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ
ﻓﺎﺭﻏﻪ .
;)’S:= ‘(wajdy essam
;)N:= copy(s,15,3
;)Writeln(n
ﻻ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ )ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﻪ(.
ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻨﺭﻴﺩ ﻨﺴﺨﻬﺎ howmuchﺍﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻓﺈﻨﻬﺎ
ﺘﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﻪ .
;)’S:= (‘wajdy essam
;)N:= copy(s,7,10
;)Writeln(n
ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ess :
/3ﺍﻻﻤﺭ pos
ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺭﺍﺝ ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭﻩ ،ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﻩ . s
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻪpos(substr,s) :
Substrﻫﻲ ﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ
Sﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺒﻬﺎ.
;)’S:= pos(‘are’,’how are you
;)Writeln(s
ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ 5 :
ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ areﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﻩ .
121
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
/4ﺍﻻﻤﺭ Insret
ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻤﺭ ﺒﺎﻀﺎﻓﻪ ﺴﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻨﺼﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ .
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻪ insert(source,target,index) :
: Sourceﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺍﻻﺼل ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻨﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﺩﺨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺴﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ
: Targetﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺨﺎل ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ
: Indexﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺨﺎل ﻤﻨﻪ .
;’S1:=’not
;’S2:=’ I do love you
;)Insert(s1,s2,6
;)Writeln(s2
ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻫﻲI do not love you :
ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﺍﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ 255ﺤﺭﻑ ،ﻓﺎﻨﻪ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺤﺫﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻤﻥ
ﺍﻟـ 255ﺤﺭﻑ .
/4ﺍﻻﻤﺭ delete
ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻤﺭ ﺒﺤﺫﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻭﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﻪ
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻪ delete(s,from,howmuch) :
;)’S:=(’wajdy essam
;)Delete(s,1,6
;)Writeln(s
ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ essam :
122
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ
ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﻪ )(type
ﻭﺍﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ set
ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﳑﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻟﻐﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ
ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﱪﻣﺞ.
ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﺗﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟـ
. type
ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻗﺼﲑ ﻭﺳﻬﻞ ﺟﺪﺍ )ﺍﻳﻀﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻳﻨﻄﻮﻱ
ﲢﺖ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟـ ، ( typeﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﲤﺖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ..
Have Anice Day
123
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﻪ Type
ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﻗﻴﻡ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺨﺯﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﺴﻡ )ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ( .ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﺍﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻪ
ﻫﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻤﻥ -32768ﺍﻟﻰ +32767ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺨﺯﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﺴﻡ . integer
ﻭﺒﺎﻤﻜﺎﻨﻙ ﺍﻨﺕ ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﻪ ﻭﺘﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﺴﻡ )ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ( .ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ
ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺠﻙ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ ،ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻨﻙ ﻻ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ
ﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ writeﻭ writelnﻭﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻻ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ
readﻭ . readln
ﻤﺜﻼ //ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺎﻤﻲ ﺘﺤﺕ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ : name
Type
;)Name= (wajdy, essam, Ahmed
ﺍﻻﻥ ﺍﺼﺒﺢ ﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ) nameﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﻤﺜل integerﻭ realﻭchar
ﻭﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ( ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ
Var
;N: name
ﺃﺭﺃﻴﺕ ،ﺘﻤﺎﻤﺎ ﻤﺜل ﺒﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ !!
ﻤﺜﺎل //
Type
;)Car = (bmw , Mazda ,Honda ,ford
;)Color = (red ,green ,blue
;]Str20 = string[20
124
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
Var
;Mycar:car
;Mycolor:color
;Name:str20
ﺭﺍﺌﻊ ،ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺘﺴﻤﻰ enumerated typesﺍﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﻪ
ﻤﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﻤﺞ .
ﻓﻨﺠﺩ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ mycarﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ، carﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ mycolorﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ
. color
ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ، mycolorﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﻴﺨﺭﺝ ﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻁﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ،ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻥ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ )ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﺴﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﻤﺜﻼ( ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻻﺴﻨﺎﺩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ
ﻴﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ colorﻭﻫﻲ redﻭ greenﻭ . blue
ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ integerﻻﻴﻘﺒل ﺍﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺭﻴﻪ .2.6
ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ mycarﻻﻴﻘﺒل ﺍﻻ ﺍﺤﺩ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭﻩ ﻭﻫﻲ ) bmw, mazda, Honda,
، (fordﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ .
ﻤﺜﺎل )ﺘﺎﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ( :
Begin
;Mycar := 1 }{illegal
}Mycar := ford; {legal
}If mycar = mazda then writeln(‘I love mazda’); {legal
End.
125
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
} {illegalﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ )ﻏﻴﺭ ﺸﺭﻋﻲ ( ﺍﻱ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺼﺤﻴﺤﻪ )ﻤﺭﻓﻭﻀﻪ( .
} {legalﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ )ﺸﺭﻋﻲ( ﺍﻱ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺼﺤﻴﺤﻪ )ﻤﻘﺒﻭﻟﻪ( .
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟـ // Type
.1ﺍﻻﻤﺭ : ord
ﻟﻪ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ﻫﻰ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﻪ )ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟـ (Type
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻑ ﺒﺼﻴﻐﻪ ﺍﺴﻜﻲ ASCII
ﻤﺜﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ )ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ( //
;)Ord(bmw }{=0
;)Ord(mazda }{=1
ﻤﺜﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ //
;)N:= Ord(a }{n=65
.2ﺍﻻﻤﺭ : chr
ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ﻟﻠﺤﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺨل ،ﻁﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ASCIIﺍﻱ ﻋﻜﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﻪ
ord
ﻤﺜﺎل/
}Chr(65); {=a
ﻤﻊ ﻤﻼﺤﻅﻪ ﺍﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻑ ﺍﻟـ capitalﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟـ .small
.3ﺍﻻﻤﺭ succﻭﺍﻻﻤﺭ // pred
ﺍﻻﻭل ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻪ )ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﻪ (
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﻪ )ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﻪ(
126
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
//ﻤﺜﺎل
Type
Color= (red ,green ,blue);
Var
Mc : color;
Begin
Succ(red); {green}
Pred(blue); {green}
Ord(blue); {2}
End.
// ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﺍﻨﻅﺭ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﻴﻪ
Type
Car = (bmw=1,mazda ,Honda ,ford=7,Volvo);
Begin
Ord (bmw); {=1}
Ord (mazda); {=2}
Ord (Honda); {=3}
Ord (ford); {=7}
Ord (Volvo); {=8}
End.
!! ﺘﻤﺎﻤﺎ، ﺍﻅﻥ ﺍﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻀﺤﺕ
127
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ record
ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ،ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺘﺤﺕ
ﺍﺴﻡ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ،ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﺤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﻥ ﺘﺤﻤل ﻨﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ
ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ،ﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ)ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ(
ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ !!
ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﻫﻭ ﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﻪ ،ﻭﺘﻨﻁﻭﻱ ﺘﺤﺕ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻟـ
، typeﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻏﻠﺏ ﺍﻻﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟـ typeﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ .
ﻨﻅﺭﻩ ﺤﻭل ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺸﺒﻪ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﺒﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل :
;)Program progname (input,output
Uses unit1 , unit2 ….
Type
:
Var
:
Procedure & function
:
}Begin {main
:
End.
128
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻤﺜﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ //
;)Program example (I,o
;Uses wincrt
Type
Data = record
;Name : string
;Age : integer
; Tel : integer
;end
Var
; Da: data
ﺍﻟﺴﺠل ﻟﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻨﻪ ،ﺍﻻ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ daﻴﺤﻤل ﺍﺴﻡ
ﺍﻟﺴﺠل ،ﻫﺫﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻫﻡ ﻨﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ .
ﻨﺄﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ،ﻭﻜﻴﻔﻴﻪ ﺍﺩﺨﺎل ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ ،ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺠﻤل
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻻﺩﺨﺎل readlnﻭ . read
ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ )ﺘﺎﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ( ::
Begin
; ’Da.name := ‘wajdy
;Da.age := 20
; Da.tel := 0911119415
End.
129
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ :
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﺴﻨﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺠل ) ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭل ( fieldsﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﺘﺭﻴﺩ ،
ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘل ﺍﻻﻭل nameﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﺴﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ، wajdyﻭﺍﻟﺤﻘل ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ
ageﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﺴﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ 20ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ .
ﻻﺤﻅ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﺴﺠل daﺜﻡ ﻨﻘﻁﻪ ،ﺜﻡ ﺍﺴﻡ
ﺍﻟﺤﻘل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﺘﻌﻴﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ .
)ﻭﻜﻤﺎ ﺫﻜﺭ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﺎ ،ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﺴﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﺴل ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﺤﺭﻑ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﺘﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ
ﺒﻴﻥ ﻋﻼﻤﻪ ’.( ‘ here
ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻻﺩﺨﺎل )ﺘﺎﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ( ::
Begin
;)Read(da.name
;)Read(da.age
;)Read(da.tel
End.
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
ﻴﺘﻡ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺜﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ)ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﺴﺠل( ﺜﻡ ﻨﻘﻁﻪ ﺜﻡ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻘل
ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ .ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ..
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ ﻻﺴﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﻭ ﻗﺭﺍﺀﻩ)ﺍﺩﺨﺎل ﻗﻴﻡ( ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻓﻀل
ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ )ﻤﻥ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﻪ ﺴﻬﻭﻟﻪ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻻ ﺍﻜﺜﺭ( ﻭﻫﻲ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ with … do
130
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﻨﺎﺩ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل //
Begin
With da do
Begin
; ’Name := ‘wajdy
;Age := 20
Tel := 0911119415
;End
End.
ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﺩﺨﺎل ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل //
Begin
With da do
Begin
;)Read(name
;)Read(age
;)Read(tel
;End
End.
ﺍﻱ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ ، withﺜﻡ ﻨﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﺴﺠل ،
ﺜﻡ ﻨﻀﻊ ﻜﻠﻤﻪ . doﺒﻌﺩﻫﺎ ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻔﺘﺢ blockﻭﻨﻀﻊ ﺒﺩﺍﺨﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ
ﺍﺩﺨﺎﻟﻬﺎ .ﺍﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺴﻨﺎﺩ ،ﺍﻭ ﺠﻤل ﺍﺩﺨﺎل ﻗﻴﻡ )ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﻴﻥ( .
131
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﻪ ﻟﻠﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ //
;)Writeln (da.name }ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ{
With da do
Begin
;)Writeln(name }ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ{
;End
ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ،ﻨﺭﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻻﻭل
ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻥ ﻋﺭﻓﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺠل ، dataﺍﻻﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ:
; Da : array [1..10] of data
ﻭﺒﺎﺴﻨﺎﺩ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ //
;’Da[1].name := ‘wajdy
ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ // with … do
With da[1] do
Begin
;’Name := ‘wajdy
;End
ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺤﻠﻘﻪ )ﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ( ﻟﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻗﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺠل )ﺒﻌﺩ ﻭﻀﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ
ﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ ( !!
132
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻁﻼﺏ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﻴﻁﺒﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ3 ﺍﻜﺘﺏ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻴﻘﺭﺃ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ//ﻤﺜﺎل
ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺘﻑ( ؟؟، ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺭ، ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ ؟؟ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﻫﻲ )ﺍﻻﺴﻡ
Program database (input,output);
Uses wincrt;
Type
Data = record
Name:string;
Age,tel:integer;
End;
Var
Da:array [1..3] of data ;
I:integer;
Begin
Writeln(‘please fill the information : ‘);
For i:= 1 to 3 do
Begin
Writeln(‘NOW .. student no ’,i);
With da[i] do
Begin
Write(‘Name: ‘); Readln(name);
Write(‘age: ‘); Readln(age);
Write(‘tel: ‘); Readln(tel);
End;
End; {for}
133
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
;Clrcsr
For i:= 1 to 3 do
Begin
With da[i] do
Begin
;)Writeln(‘ student no ‘,i
;)Write (‘name: ‘); Writeln(name
;)Write (‘age: ‘); Writeln(age
;)‘ Write (‘tel: ;)Writeln(tel
;End
;Writeln
}End; {for
End.
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﺘﻡ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻌﺭﻑ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﺎ )ﺍﻱ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺍﺤﺩ ﺍﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟـ ( type
ﻤﻥ ﻨﻭﻉ ) recordﺍﻱ ﺴﺠل( ﺒﺎﺴﻡ ، dataﻭﺘﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺜﻼﺙ ﺤﻘﻭل ،ﻭﻫﻲ
ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ،ﺍﻻﺴﻡ ، nameﺍﻟﻌﻤﺭ ، ageﺍﻟﻬﺎﺘﻑ . tel
ﺍﻻﻥ ﺍﺼﺒﺢ ﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ . data
ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ،ﺘﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ daﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻫﻭ
ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ ﻤﻜﻭﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺜﻼﺜﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ) . (dataﻭﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ Iﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ
ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ )ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ( .
134
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺒﻌﺩ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ beginﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﻨﺸﺎﻫﺩ :
;)‘ Writeln(‘please fill the information :
For i:= 1 to 3 do
Begin
;)Writeln(‘NOW .. student no ’,i
With da[i] do
Begin
;)Write(‘Name: ‘); Readln(name
;)‘ Write(‘age: ;)Readln(age
;)‘ Write(‘tel: ;)Readln(tel
;End
}End; {for
ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻻﻭل ،ﻫﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻨﺹ ،ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻨﻁﺒﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ
ﻓﻭﺭ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ .
ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻫﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻜﺭﺭ ﺜﻼﺙ ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺌﺩﻩ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ؟ ﻫﻲ
ﺍﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﺩﺨل ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ )ﺍﻻﺴﻡ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺭ،ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺘﻑ( ﺜﻼﺙ ﻁﻼﺏ .
ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ beginﻭ ; ، endﺍﻱ ﺍﻨﻬﺎ ﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﻤﺭﻜﺒﻪ ﻭﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ
ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻜﺭﺭ ﺜﻼﺜﻪ ﻤﺭﺍﺕ .
ﺍﻻﻥ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻨﺭﻯ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻨﺹ +ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ، Iﺜﻡ ﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺠل
ﺒﺎﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ، With da[i] doﺍﻱ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻟﺏ )ﺍﻻﻭل ،ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ Iﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ، 1ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ Iﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ،2ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ( .
135
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻭﻜﻤﺎ ﺫﻜﺭﻨﺎ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﺎ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ with .. Doﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﺘﻭﻀﻊ ﺩﺍﺨل
blockﻤﻨﻔﺼل ،ﻭﺘﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺩﺍﺨل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟـ blockﺠﻤل ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ
ﻭﺠﻤل ﺍﺩﺨﺎل ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ .
ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﺘﻜﺭﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍل blockﺜﻼﺙ ﻤﺭﺍﺕ )ﻨﻅﺭﺍ ﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ . (forﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺘﻡ ﺍﺩﺨﺎل
ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺜﻼﺙ ﻁﻼﺏ .
ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ clrscrﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ clear screenﺍﻱ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ ،ﺍﻱ ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ
ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻤﺭ ﻤﺴﺢ ﻜﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ .
ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ ﻫﻲ ﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﻪ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﻪ
)ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ( ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻥ ﻨﻌﻴﺩ ﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ .
ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺎﺕ Sets
ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﺍﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﻪ ﻟﻠﻐﻪ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻨﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻨﺠﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ
ﻟﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ﺍﻻﺨﺭﻯ .
ﺍﻏﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﻥ ﻴﺘﺠﺎﻫﻠﻭﺍ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﻴﻪ ﻭﻴﻘﻭﻤﻭﺍ ﺒﺩﻻ ﻋﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ
ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ،ﻟﻤﺎ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺸﺎﺒﻪ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ .
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺭﺍﻤﺠﻨﺎ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺸﻲﺀ ﺠﻴﺩ ،ﺠﺩﺍ !!
ﺍﻨﺎ ﺸﺨﺼﻴﺎ ﻨﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ،ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻔﻴﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻻﺤﻴﺎﻥ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ
ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺠﺎﻫل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻻﺸﺎﺩﻩ ﻟﻬﺎ ،ﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ
ﺴﺄﺤﺎﻭل ﺃﻥ ﺍﻏﻁﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﻘﺩﺭ ﺍﻻﻤﻜﺎﻥ .
136
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
، ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ ﻫﻲ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺒﺎ ﺘﺸﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﻀﻴﺎﺕSet ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﻪ
// ﺩﻋﻨﺎ ﻨﺸﺎﻫﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﻀﻴﺎﺕ
S = {1, 5, 8, 9}
ﻭﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭﻫﺎ، ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ )ﻟﻬﺎ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﻭﻨﻬﺎﻴﻪ
. (ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﻪ
// ﺩﻋﻨﺎ ﻨﺸﺎﻫﺩ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﻪ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ
Type
Days = (Sut,sun,mon,tues,wed,thurs,fri);
Var
Allday : set of days ;
. ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭﻩ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﻴﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺕ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻪ، allday ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ
//ﻤﺜﺎل
Program ex (input, output);
Uses wincrt;
Type
Days = (Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday,
Friday, Saturday);
Var
allday : set of days;
workday : set of Monday .. Friday;
thisday : days;
137
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
Begin
thisday:= Monday;
If thisday in workday then
writeln('This day I''m in work')
Else
Writeln ('This day I''m on holiday’);
End.
. thisday:= Saturday; ﺍﻟﻰthisday:= Monday; ﺍﻻﻥ ﻗﻡ ﺒﺘﻐﻴﺭ
!! ﺍﻅﻥ ﺍﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﻪ ﺠﺩﺍ، ﻭﺸﺎﻫﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ
ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻫﻜﺫﺍ، ﻟﻨﻔﺘﺭﺽ ﺍﻨﻨﺎ ﻨﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻥ ﻨﺤﺫﻑ ﺍﺤﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﻴﺎﻡ ﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﻤﺎ
Exclude(myday,Friday);
.ﺍﻻﻥ ﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺴﺒﻭﻉ
ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻫﻜﺫﺍ، ﻭﻻﺭﺠﺎﻉ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻀﺎﻓﻪ ﻴﻭﻡ
Include(myday,Friday);
ﻻ ﻴﻌﻤﻼﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﻪ ﺘﻴﺭﺒﻭinclude ﻭexclude ﺍﻻﻤﺭﻴﻥ// ﻤﻼﺤﻅﻪ ﻤﻬﻤﻪ
. ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل
138
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ
ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺗﻚ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻪ
ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﻴﺎﻥ ،ﳓﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ
ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻣﺮ ،ﺍﻥ ﺗﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ .ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ
ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ،ﻭﺭﲟﺎ ﲣﻄﺊ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻪ.
ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻀﻊ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﲢﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻩ
ﻭﺗﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ .
ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺳﺘﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﻪ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ،ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﳎﻚ .
139
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﻪ
ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﻩ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺴﻡ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ
ﺍﻻ ﻭﻫﻭ "ﻭﺤﺩﻩ ، " unitﻭﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺴﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﻩ ﻻ ﻨﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ
ﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ .
ﻤﺜﻼ ﺍﻻﻤﺭ writeﻭ writelnﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﻤﺭﺍﻥ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﻩ ، wincrt
ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﺤﺎﻭﻟﺕ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﻩ wincrtﻓﺈﻥ
ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻟﻥ ﻴﻌﻤل .
ﺤﺴﻨﺎ ،ﺩﻋﻨﺎ ﻨﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﻪ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﻭﺤﺩﻩ ﺨﺎﺼﻪ ﺒﻨﺎ
}{This code must be saved with name wajdy.PAS
;Unit wajdy
Interface
Uses....
Var
}... {Visible global variables
}{Procedures & functions definitions
;Procedure myproc
;Function myfunc: word
:
140
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
:
Implementation
Var
... {Invisible global variables}
Procedure myproc;
Begin
: {the routines}
:
End;
Function myfunc: word;
Begin
: {the routines}
:
End;
:
: {other procedure's / function's routines}
:
Begin
: {Initialization code}
:
End.
141
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻭﺯﻩ intercafeﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ
ﻭﺍﺴﺎﻤﻲ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍل ،ﻭﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺘﺎﺤﻪ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻭﺤﺩﺘﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻱ
ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ .
ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻱ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﻪ ﺒﻙ ،ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ
ﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ .
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻭﺯﻩ implementationﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺤﺘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺀﺍﺕ
ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍل ،ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﻟﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻐﻴﺭﻫﺎ .
ﻤﺜﺎل ﺒﺴﻴﻁ
}{This unit must be stored in MYUNIT.PAS
;Unit myunit
Interface
;Uses CRT
Var
;X : byte
;Y, z: integer
;Procedure a
;Procedure b
;Function c: byte
Implementation
Var
142
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
P, q, r: shortint;
Procedure a;
Begin
:
:
End;
Procedure d;
Begin
:
:
End;
Procedure b;
Begin
:
:
End;
Function c: byte;
Begin
:
:
End;
143
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
Procedure e;
Begin
:
:
End;
Begin
: {Initialization code}
:
End.
ﺍﻻﻥ ﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﻪ
Uses myunit;
Var
N: byte;
Begin
A; {legal}
B; {legal}
N: =c; {legal}
X: =1; {legal}
Y: =-1; {legal}
144
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
}Z: =14; {legal
;D }{illegal, because it is invisible
;E }{illegal, because it is invisible
}P: =-1; {illegal, because it is invisible
End.
ﻜﻤﺎ ﺫﻜﺭﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺱ ،ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﻪ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻨﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ
ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ،ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﻭﺤﺩﻩ ﺘﻀﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ
ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺠﻤﻴﻌﺎ .ﺜﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺌﺴﻲ ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻀﺎﻓﻪ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﻩ .
145
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ
ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﻪ
Text & Binary Flies
146
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﻪ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﻪ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻱ ﻤﻠﻑ ﻤﺤﺘﻭﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﻨﺼﻭﺹ text
ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻤﺘﺩﺍﺩﻩ ، txtﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺱ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻨﻨﺎﻗﺵ ﻜﻴﻑ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺍﻴﻀﺎ.
ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﻪ ،ﺴﻨﻨﺎﻗﺵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻲ
ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺴﻨﻨﺸﺌﻪ )ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ( ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ،ﺍﻱ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ
ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ cﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ . TPW
ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﻪ ،ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ .
.1ﺍﻭل ﺨﻁﻭﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﺎ )ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻥ ( fﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻲ text
Var
;F: text
.2ﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﺨﻁﻭﻩ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ assignﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ fﻓﻲ ﺍﻱ ﻤﻠﻑ ﻨﺼﻲ
)ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﺎ ،ﺍﻭ ﻤﻠﻑ ﻨﺼﻲ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ( ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ Begin
ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ .
ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﻤﻠﻑ ﻨﺼﻲ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﺎ )ﻜﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﺨل
ﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ( C:/TPWﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟـ
assignﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ،ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺒﺎﺴﻡ wajdy.txt
Begin
;)’Assign (f,’wajdy.txt
147
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﻨﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻥ ﻨﻨﺸﺊ ﻤﻠﻑ ﻨﺼﻲ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ )ﺍﻱ ﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ
ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻻﺴﻡ ( ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻨﻀﻊ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﺎ
ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻥ sﻟﻜﻲ ﻴﺤﻔﻅ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺭﻴﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ
Var
;F: text
;S: string
Begin
;)Read(s
;)Assign (f, s
ﻻﺤﻅ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ sﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ stringﺍﻱ ﺴﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻨﺼﻴﻪ )ﻻﻥ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ
ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﻗﺎﻡ (.
.3ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﻪ ﻫﻲ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﺎ
;)Reset (f
ﺍﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻤﻠﻑ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ
;)Rewrite (f
.4ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻌﻪ ﻫﻭ ﻗﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ )ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ( ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒـ
;)Readln (f, x
;)Writeln(x
148
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ Xﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ، stringﻭﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﻭﺘﺨﺯﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ،Xﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ xﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻪ .
ﺍﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﺩﺨﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ
;)Readln(x
;)Writeln (f, x
ﺍﻱ ﻗﻡ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ) xﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ( stringﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺒﻁﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ F
.5ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺴﻪ ﻫﻲ ﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﻪ ﻫل ﺍﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻲ ،ﺍﻱ ﻫل ﺍﻨﺘﻬﻰ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻲ ﻭﻭﺼل ﺍﻟﻰ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ
;)Eof (f
ﻭ ﻫﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻟـ end of file
;)’If eof (f) then writeln (‘The End
.6ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺴﻪ ﻫﻲ ﻟﻼﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻲ
;)Close (f
ﻤﺜﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﻤﻠﻑ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺒﺎﺴﻡ romansy.txt
;)Program ex1 (input, output
;Uses wincrt
149
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
Var
;F: text
;S: string
Begin
;)’Assign (f,’romansy.txt
;)Reset (f
Repeat
;)Readln (f, s
;)Writeln(s
;)Until eof (f
;)Close (f
End.
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ //
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﻴﻥ ،ﺍﻻﻭل fﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻲ textﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ
ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ sﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ . string
ﺍﻻﻥ ﺒﺩﺃﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ، beginﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ assignﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ romansyﺒﺎﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ
.f
ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ ) ، reset(fﻭﺒﺩﺃ ﺒﻌﺩﻫﺎ ﺤﻠﻘﻪ repaetﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻥ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺭ ﺍﻻﻭل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻲ ﻭﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﺨﺯﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ s
ﻭﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ، sﺜﻡ ﻴﺼل ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ;) Until eof(fﻓﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ
ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ )ﺍﻱ ﻫل ﻭﺼل ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺘﻪ( ﺍﻡ ﻻ .
ﺍﺫﺍ ﻨﻌﻡ )ﺍﻱ ﻭﺼل( ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺭﻭﺝ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ،ﺍﺫﺍ ﻷ ﻓﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ
ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ )ﺍﻱ ﻴﺼل ﺍﻟﻰ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ( .
150
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺌﺩﻩ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ //ﻫﻰ ﻗﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻲ ﻜﺎﻤﻼ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺨﺭﻩ
ﻭﻁﺒﻌﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﻪ ،ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ forﻻﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ
ﺍﻟﺴﻁﻭﺭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻡ ،ﻓﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻨﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ،ﻭﻫﻤﺎ
repeatﻭ . while
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ،ﻟﻭ ﺍﺩﺭﻨﺎ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻲ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺩﺨﻠﻪ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ،ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺸﻜﻠﻪ ﻜﺎﺍﻻﺘﻲ /
Begin
;)Read (n
;)Assign (f, n
:
:
End.
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ Nﻫﻭ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ . string
ﻤﺜﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺩﺨل ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻠﻑ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ )ﺍﻱ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻤﻠﻑ ﺒﺎﻱ ﺍﺴﻡ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ
ﺘﺘﻡ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ (.
;)Program ex2 (input, output
;Uses wincrt
Var
;F: text
;S, n: string
;Ch: char
151
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
Begin
;)Read (n
;)Assign (f, n
;)Rewrite (f
Repeat
;)Readln(s
;)Writeln (f, s
;Ch: = readkey
Until ch=#27
;)Close (f
End.
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ //
ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ F ،ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻲ n ،ﻻﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺨل ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ s ،ﻟﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺨﻠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻲ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ chﻫﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺤﺭﻓﻲ charﻭﺴﻭﻑ ﺍﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻗﻠﻴل .
ﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ،ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ nﻭﻋﻴﻨﺎﻩ assignﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻲ ،
ﻭﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺈﻨﺸﺎﻩ . rewrite
ﺍﻻﻥ ﺒﺩﺍﺕ ﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ،ﺍﻗﺭﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ (Readln(s);) sﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﺍﻁﺒﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻲ );)(Writeln(f,s
ﻭ ); (Ch:= readkeyﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﻬﺎ .......؟
152
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻭﻻ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻨﻌﺭﻑ readkeyﻫﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﺩﺍﻟﻪ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻟﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ )ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻑ
ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻤﺯ( ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺨل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ .
ﻭﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺘﻌﻴﻨﻪ )ﺍﺴﻨﺎﺩﻩ( ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ . ch
ﻭﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﺘﻜﺭﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ )ﺍﻱ ﻗﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ sﻭﻁﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻲ(
ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ch=#27ﺍﻱ ﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ Chﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ #27
ﻭﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Escﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺘﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ .
ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻜﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ
ﺍﻟﻬﺭﻭﺏ . Esc
ﺠﻤﻠﻪ //append
ﺍﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻤﻠﻑ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺒﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻻﺴﻡ ﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﻗﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻱ ﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﺎ ،ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻤﺴﺢ ﻜﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ .
ﺍﺫﺍ ﺠﻤﻠﻪ appendﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻻﻀﺎﻓﻪ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻤﻠﻑ ﻗﺩﻴﻡ ،ﻭﻴﺘﻡ
ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺩل ﺠﻤﻠﻪ rewriteﻻﺤﻅ :
;)’Assign (f,’wajdy.txt
;)Append (f
ﺍﻱ ﻻﻀﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻲ wajdy.txt
ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﺫﺍﻜﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﻪ Bufferﻟﺤﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﻪ ،ﻭﺍﻟـ
bufferﻫﻭ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺅﻗﺕ ﻋﺎﺩﻩ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ
ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻜﺭﻩ .
153
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟـ bufferﻟﺘﺴﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻭ cacheﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﻻﻱ ﻤﻠﻑ ،
ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﻪ ،ﻭﺍﻟـ Bufferﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻜﻤﻴﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﻪ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ
ﻴﻜﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ،ﺍﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻤﺘﻼﺀ ﺍﻟـ bufferﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل
ﺒﻌﻤﻠﻴﻪ )ﺤﻔﻅ( flushﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ .
ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻻﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟـ bufferﻻ ﻴﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺤﺩﻩ
ﺍﻻﻗﺼﻰ ﻤﻬﻼ ،ﺍﻨﺕ ﻗﻠﺕ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻜﺎﻓﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ؟؟ ﻨﻌﻡ ﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ
ﺍﻨﻘﻁﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺭﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻨﻐﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻻﻱ ﺴﺒﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ
ﻜل ﻤﺤﺘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـ bufferﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻀﻴﻊ ﻫﺒﺎﺀﺍ ﻤﻨﺜﻭﺭﺍ ،ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺤﻔﻅ
flushﻤﺤﺘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻴﺩﻭﻱ ﻻﻨﻪ ﻴﺤﻔﻅ ﺍﻭل ﺒﺄﻭل ،ﺍﻨﺕ ﻻ ﺘﺭﻴﺩ
ﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻴﻘﻭل ﺍﺍﺍﺍﺍﺍﺍﺍﺍﺍﻩ ﻟﻘﺩ ﻓﻘﺩﺕ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺘﻲ J
ﺤﻔﻅ ﻤﺤﺘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـ Bufferﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻴﺩﻭﻱ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻀﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ
ﺍﻻﺘﻴﻪ /
;)Flush (f
ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ،ﻟﻜﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﻩ ﻴﻔﻀل
ﻗﺒل ﺍﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ .
ﻫﺫﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﻪ ،ﺍﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺌﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﻻﻤﺭ ﻴﺨﺘﻠﻑ )ﻭﺴﻭﻑ
ﻨﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻗﻠﻴل ( .
ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻻﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻀﺎﻓﻪ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ،
ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﻴﺼﺭﺥ " "Errorﺜﻡ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺭﻭﺝ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺠﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻰ
154
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺸﺎﺸﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ،ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺨﻁﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻭﺍﻋﻁﺎﺌﻪ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄ ﻭﻨﻭﻋﻪ
ﻭﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ .
ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﺩﻤﺕ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﺭﻭﺘﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﻪ ﺍﻻﺨﻁﺎﺀ ، error-handlingﺩﻋﻨﺎ
ﻨﺸﺎﻫﺩﻩ ﻋﻥ ﻗﺭﺏ //
}{$I- ﻟﺠﻌل ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﺼﺎﻤﺘﻪ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻜﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺨﻁﺎﺀ
: ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ
}{$I+ ﻟﺠﻌل ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل ﺘﻘﺭﺭ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻭﺠﺩ
ﻭﺍﻜﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻀﺎﻓﻪ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﻪ ، IOResultﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ
IOresultﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺼﻔﺭ 0ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻻﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺨﻁﺄ .
ﻤﺜﺎل //
;)Program example (input,output
;Uses wincrt
Var
;F:text
;S:string
Begin
;)‘ Write (‘Enter the file name:
;)Readln(s
;)Assign (f, s
}{$I-
155
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
;)Reset (f
}{$I+
If ioresult <> 0 then
Begin
;)Writeln (‘error while reading file’, s
;Halt
;End
While not eof do
Begin
;)Readln (f, s
;)Writeln(s
;End
;)Flush (f
;)Close (f
End.
} {$I-ﻭ } {$I+ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﻩ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ،ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ،ﻗﻡ
ﺒﺘﺠﺭﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺘﻪ .
ﺍﻥ ﺘﻀﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟـ IOResultﻴﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻋﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﻤﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄ ،ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺭﺽ ﺍﻥ
ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺤﻔﻅ ﻤﺤﺘﻭﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﺍﻭﻻ ﺜﻡ ﺍﻜﺘﺸﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄ ،ﻨﻔﺭﺽ nﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ
ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ .integer
ﺍﻻﻥ ﻨﺭﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ،ﺴﺄﻜﺘﺏ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟـ Beginﻟﻠﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ
156
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
:
{$I-}
Reset (F);
{$I+}
n:=IOResult;
If n<>0 then
Begin
Writeln ('Error encountered in reading file ', s);
Case n of
2: writeln ('File not found');
3: writeln ('Path not found');
4: writeln (‘too many open files');
5: writeln ('File access denied');
100: writeln ('Disk read error');
101: writeln ('Disk write error');
150: writeln ('Disk is writing protected');
152: writeln ('Drive is not ready');
154: writeln ('CRC error in data');
156: writeln ('Disk seeks error');
157: writeln ('Unknown media type');
162: writeln ('Hardware failure');
Else writeln (‘various error');
End;
Halt;
End;
157
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﻜﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻏﻠﺏ ﺍﻻﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺌﻌﻪ ،ﻭﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﺘﺨﺒﺭ ﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ
ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺠﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻁﺄ ﻋﺎﺭﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄ ،ﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﺍﻥ ﺘﻜﺘﺏ ﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ
ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ،ﺍﻨﺎ ﺍﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻀﺠﺭﻩ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻨﺕ
ﺘﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺭﺍﻤﺠﻙ ﺴﻬﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺌﻴﻪ Binary File
ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺌﻴﻪ ﻫﻤﺎ /
* ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻭﻋﻪ Typed File
* ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻭﻋﻪ Untyped File
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻭﻋﻪ Typed Fileﺘﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﺼﻴﻐﻪ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ
ﻜﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﻨﺤﺎﺀ ﻤﺤﺘﻭﻴﺎﺘﻬﺎ ،ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﻴﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻻﻥ ﻜل ﻤﺤﺘﻭﻴﺎﺘﻬﺎ
ﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ )ﺴﺠل ﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ(
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻁﺒﻭﻋﻪ Untyped Fileﺘﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﻻ ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺼﻴﻐﻪ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﻩ ،ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻀﺎﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺒﺎ
ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﺠﻼﺕ .
ﺍﻭﻻ Typed File :
ﻟﻨﻔﺘﺭﺽ ﺒﺄﻨﻙ ﻋﺭﻓﺕ ﺴﺠل ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل
Type
Data = record
158
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
;]Name: string [10
;Age: integer
;Tel: integer
;End
Typed fileﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺠل )ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ( ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜل
Var
;F: file of data
ﺍﻻﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺴﻨﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻭﻋﻪ Typed Fileﺘﺸﺒﻪ
ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﻪ . text file
ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﺴﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ Fﺒﺎﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ assign
ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ، resetﻻﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻤﻠﻑ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ rewrite
ﻴﺠﺏ ﺘﻐﻴﺭ writelnﻭ readlnﺍﻟﻰ writeﻭ read
ﺍﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﻩ close
ﻜل ﻁﺭﻕ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﻪ ﺍﻻﺨﻁﺎﺀ Erorr Handlingﻭ Ioresultﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻜﻤﺎ
ﻫﻭ ،ﻭﻻ ﺩﺍﻋﻲ ﻻﻋﺎﺩﻩ ﺫﻜﺭﻩ ﻤﺭﻩ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ .
ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﻪ text fileﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻭﻋﻪ typed file
ﻫﻭ ﺍﻨﻙ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺕ ﺒﻔﺘﺢ ﻤﻠﻑ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ resetﻫﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻨﻙ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ
ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﻁ )ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﻪ ( .ﺒل ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻀﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﻭﺍﻴﻀﺎ
ﺍﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﻪ ﺘﻌﺩﻴﻠﻪ .
;)Program example (input, output
159
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
Uses wincrt;
Type
Data=record
Name: string;
Age: integer;
End;
Var
F: file of data;
D: data;
C: char;
S: string;
Begin
Write (‘Input File name: ‘);
Readln(s);
Assign (f, s);
Rewrite (f);
Repeat
Clrscr;
Write (‘Name= ‘); readln (d.name);
Write (‘Age = ‘); readln (d.age);
Write (f, d);
Write (‘Input New Data Y/N ‘);
Repeat
C: = upcase (readkey);
160
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
Until c in [‘Y’,’N’];
Write(c);
Until c=’N’;
Close (f);
End.
......... ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﺘﻤل ﺒﻌﺩ
161
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻋﺸﺮ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺠﻮﺯﻩ & ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﻪ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺎﺋﻚ ﻟﻼﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ،ﺍﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻣﱪﳎﺎ ﰲ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ
)ﺍﲤﲎ ﺫﻟﻚ( .
ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﱴ ﱂ ﺍﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻭ ﻻﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻡ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺠﻮﺯﻩ ﰲ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ ،ﻟﻜﲎ
ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﻧﻚ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﲨﻴﻌﺎ .
ﺍﻳﻀﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﻔﻴﺪﻙ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﺭﺩﺕ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﻪ .
162
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
: ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻭﺯﻩ
=-=-=-=-=-=
AND DOWNTO IF PACKED TO
ARRY ELSE IN PROCEDURE TYPE
BEGIN END LABEL PROGRAM UNTIL
CASE FILE MOD RECORD USES
CONST FOR NOT REPEAT VAR
DIV FUNCTION OF SET WHILE
DO GOTO OR THEN WITH
: ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﻪ
=-=-=-=-=-=
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﻪ
10 ABS(-10); ﺘﻌﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻘﻪ ﻟﻠﻌﺩﺩ ABS
25 SQR(5); ﺘﻌﻁﻲ ﻤﺭﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺨل SQR
5 SQRT(25); ﺘﻌﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺩﺩSQRT
2 TRUNC(2.55); ﺘﺤﺫﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭﻱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩTRUNC
6 ROUND(5.91); ﺘﻘﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﻻﻗﺭﺏ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺼﺤﻴﺢROUND
163
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
اﻟﻧـﮫـﺎﻳــــــﻪ
==-=-=-=-=-=-
ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺪﺕ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ :
ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻻﺠﻨﺒﻴﻪ
ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺘﺏ Marco cantu EssentialPascal
ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺘﺏ Rob miles Introduction to Pascal
ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺘﺏ M.F.Somers Learning PASCAL
ﻟﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻪ Wirth PascalRevisedReport
ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺘﺏ Roby Joehanes The Basic of Pascal
ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﻪ
ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﻋﺭﻭﻩ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻟﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ
ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺘﺏ MaaSTaaR ﺍﻟﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺎﺴﻜﺎل
ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﺠﻨﺒﻴﻪ
ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ www.c4arab.com ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺴﻭﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﻪ
ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ www.arabteam2000.com ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﺭﻤﺠﻪ
ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟـ Tutorialﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺸﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻨﺤﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺭﻨﺕ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻟﻨﺸﺭﻫﺎ ،ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻏﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻻﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴﻪ.
164
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
ﺘﻡ ﺒﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﷲ
ﻨﺴﺄل ﺍﷲ ﺘﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ ،ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺨﺎﻟﺼﺎ ﻟﻭﺠﻬﻪ
ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻡ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﺘﺒﻠﻴﻐﻪ ﺒﺈﺫﻨﻪ ،ﺇﻨﻪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ
ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ
ﻭﺃﺨﻴﺭﺍ ،ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺼﻭﺍﺏ ﻓﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ ،ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻁﺄ
ﻓﻤﻥ ﺍﻨﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ .
ﻭﺼﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻡ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ ﻭﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻪ ﻭﺼﺤﺒﻪ
ﺍﺠﻤﻌﻴﻥ .
ﻭﺍﺨﺭ ﺩﻋﻭﺍﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺩ ﷲ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻥ .
ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻡ ﻭﺭﺤﻤﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺒﺭﻜﺎﺘﻪ .
ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﻤﺤﻔﻭﻅﻪ ﻟـ ﻭﺠﺩﻱ ﻋﺼﺎﻡ
All Copy Rigth is reseved to wajdy essam
ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺒﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ 3/7/2005ﻭﺍﻻﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺒﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ 3/9/2005
165
PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com
You might also like
- Learning Salesforce Development with Apex: Learn to Code, Run and Deploy Apex Programs for Complex Business Process and Critical Business Logic - 2nd EditionFrom EverandLearning Salesforce Development with Apex: Learn to Code, Run and Deploy Apex Programs for Complex Business Process and Critical Business Logic - 2nd EditionNo ratings yet
- Learning Salesforce Development with Apex: Write, Run and Deploy Apex Code with Ease (EnglishFrom EverandLearning Salesforce Development with Apex: Write, Run and Deploy Apex Code with Ease (EnglishNo ratings yet
- Visual Basic 6.0: Haider Mohammed Ali DakhilNo ratings yetVisual Basic 6.0: Haider Mohammed Ali Dakhil47 pages
- Com - Yahoo at Mahagob - A:: Mail - E Tel: 0919574573No ratings yetCom - Yahoo at Mahagob - A:: Mail - E Tel: 091957457341 pages
- ملخص الفصل الأول من كتاب مادة أساسيات البرمجة100% (1)ملخص الفصل الأول من كتاب مادة أساسيات البرمجة7 pages
- Software Engineering: Republic of Yemen Faculty of Engraining Department (I - T)No ratings yetSoftware Engineering: Republic of Yemen Faculty of Engraining Department (I - T)25 pages
- (English-Arabic) CS50P - Introduction (DownSub - Com)No ratings yet(English-Arabic) CS50P - Introduction (DownSub - Com)5 pages
- C# for Beginners: A Step-by-Step Tutorial to Learning C# Programming from ScratchFrom EverandC# for Beginners: A Step-by-Step Tutorial to Learning C# Programming from ScratchNo ratings yet
- Programming Language Concepts: Improving your Software Development SkillsFrom EverandProgramming Language Concepts: Improving your Software Development SkillsNo ratings yet
- Jump Start PHP Environment: Master the World's Most Popular LanguageFrom EverandJump Start PHP Environment: Master the World's Most Popular LanguageNo ratings yet
- Learn Rust Programming: Safe Code, Supports Low Level and Embedded Systems Programming with a Strong Ecosystem (English Edition)From EverandLearn Rust Programming: Safe Code, Supports Low Level and Embedded Systems Programming with a Strong Ecosystem (English Edition)No ratings yet
- Python Mini Reference: A Hitchhiker's Guide to the Modern Programming Languages, #3From EverandPython Mini Reference: A Hitchhiker's Guide to the Modern Programming Languages, #3No ratings yet
- Expert Delphi: Robust and fast cross-platform application developmentFrom EverandExpert Delphi: Robust and fast cross-platform application developmentNo ratings yet
